Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Orion Energy Systems

Orion Energy Systems

oesx · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker oesx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Orion Energy Systems
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents 

(cid:3)(cid:2)  

(cid:1)(cid:2)  

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 

or 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from  _____  to _____  

Commission File Number: 001-33887 

Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

Wisconsin 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

2210 Woodland Drive, Manitowoc, WI 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

39-1847269 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

54220 
(Zip Code) 

(920) 892-9340 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common stock, no par value 
Common stock purchase rights 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
NYSE AMEX LLC 
NYSE AMEX LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the act:  
None 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  Registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer  as  defined  in  Rule 405  of  the  Securities  Act. 

Yes (cid:1)(cid:2)No (cid:3)(cid:2)

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  Registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the  Act. 

Yes (cid:1)(cid:2)No (cid:3)(cid:2)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  (1) has  filed  all reports required to  be  filed  by  Section 13  or  15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:3)(cid:2)No (cid:1)(cid:2)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any, 
every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule 405  of  Regulation S-T  (§232.405  of  this 
chapter)  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  and  post  such 
files). (Registrant is not yet required to provide financial disclosure in an Interactive Data File format.). Yes (cid:1)(cid:2)No (cid:1)(cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) 
is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)(cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a 
smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company”
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer (cid:1)(cid:2)   Accelerated filer (cid:1)(cid:2)   

Non-accelerated filer (cid:3)(cid:2)
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   

  Smaller reporting company (cid:1)(cid:2)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule 12b-2  of  the  Exchange  Act). 

Yes (cid:1)(cid:2)No (cid:3)(cid:2)

The aggregate market value of shares of the Registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of September 30, 2009, the 

last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $67,988,818.  

At June 9, 2010, there were 22,591,811 shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions  of  the  Registrant’s  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2010  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  are  incorporated  herein  by 
reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Such Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission within 120 days of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.  

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  Form  10-K  includes  forward-looking  statements  that  are  based  on  our  beliefs  and  assumptions  and  on  information 
currently  available  to  us.  When  used  in  this  Form  10-K,  the  words  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “could,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”
“intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would”  and similar  expressions  identify  forward-
looking statements. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, and expectations reflected in any forward-looking statements 
are reasonable, these plans, intentions or expectations are based on assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties and may 
not  be achieved. These statements are based on assumptions made by  us  based on our  experience and perception  of historical 
trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are appropriate in the circumstances. 
Such statements  are subject to a  number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our  control. Our actual results, 
performance  or  achievements  could  differ  materially  from  those  contemplated,  expressed  or  implied  by  the  forward-looking 
statements  contained  in  this  Form  10-K.  Important  factors  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  our  forward-
looking statements. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, 
forward-looking  statements  represent  our  beliefs  and  assumptions  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Form  10-K.  All  forward-looking 
statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements 
set forth in this Form 10-K. Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of 
factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these factors, they include, among others, the following:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

  further deterioration of market conditions, including customer capital expenditure budgets; 

  our  ability  to  compete  in  a  highly  competitive  market  and  our  ability  to  respond  successfully  to  market 

competition; 

  increasing duration of customer sales cycles; 

  the  market  acceptance  of  our  products  and  services,  including  our  Orion  Throughput  Agreements,  or  OTAs, 

and/or Orion Virtual Power Plant Agreements, or OVPPs; 

• 

  our  sales  mix  as  between  the  relative  level  of  our  cash  sales  and  our  finance  transactions  through  OTAs  and 

OVPPs; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

  our ability to internally and/or externally finance a potentially greater volume of OTAs and OVPPs; 

  price fluctuations, shortages or  interruptions of component  supplies and raw materials used to  manufacture our 

products; 

  loss of one or more key customers or suppliers, including key contacts at such customers; 

  a reduction in the price of electricity; 

  the cost to comply with, and the effects of, any current and future government regulations, laws and policies; 

  increased competition from government subsidies and utility incentive programs; 

  dependence on customers’ capital budgets for sales of products and services; 

  our development of, and participation in, new product and technology offerings or applications; 

  legal proceedings; and 

  potential warranty claims. 

You  are  urged  to  carefully  consider  these  factors  and  the  other  factors  described  under  Part I.  Item 1A.  “Risk  Factors”  when 
evaluating any forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  

Except as required by applicable law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly or to update 
the  reasons  why  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  in  any  forward-looking  statements,  even  if  new 
information becomes available in the future.  

2 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.  
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2010 

Table of Contents 

PART I 

Page 

Item 1. Business 

Item 1A Risk Factors 

Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2 Properties 

Item 3 Legal Proceedings 

Item 4 Removed and Reserved 

Item 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

PART II 

Securities 

Item 6 Selected Financial Data 

Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B Other Information 

Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11 Executive Compensation 

PART III 

Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters   

Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures 

  Exhibit 21.1 
  Exhibit 23.1 
  Exhibit 31.1 
  Exhibit 31.2 
  Exhibit 32.1 

PART IV 

3 

4   

16   

26   

26   

26   

27   

27   

30   

32   

47   

48   

74   

74   

75   

75   

75   

76   

76   

76   

76   

79   

  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS 

The following business overview is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information included elsewhere or incorporated 
by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K . As used herein, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise 
requires, all references to “Orion,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and similar references are to Orion Energy Systems, 
Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. 

Overview 

We  design,  manufacture,  market  and  implement  energy  management  systems  consisting  primarily  of  high-performance, 
energy  efficient  lighting  systems,  controls  and  related  services.  Our  energy  management  systems  deliver  energy  savings  and 
efficiency gains to our commercial and industrial customers without compromising their quantity or quality of light. The core of 
our energy management system is our high intensity fluorescent, or HIF, lighting system that we estimate cuts our customers’
lighting-related  electricity  costs  by  approximately  50%,  while  increasing  their  quantity  of  light  by  approximately  50%  and 
improving lighting quality when replacing traditional high intensity discharge, or HID, fixtures. Our customers typically realize a 
two-to three -year payback period from electricity cost savings generated by our HIF lighting systems without considering utility 
incentives or government subsidies. We have sold and installed our HIF fixtures in over 5,600 facilities across North America, 
representing over 886 million square feet of commercial and industrial building space, including for 120 Fortune 500 companies, 
such  as  Anheuser-Busch  Companies,  Inc.,  Coca-Cola  Enterprises  Inc.,  General  Electric  Co.,  Kraft  Foods  Inc.,  Newell 
Rubbermaid Inc., OfficeMax, Inc., PepsiAmericas, Inc., and SYSCO Corp.  

Our core energy management system is comprised of: our HIF lighting system; our InteLite wireless lighting controls; our 
Apollo  Solar  Light  Pipe,  which  collects  and  focuses  renewable  daylight  and  consumes  no  electricity;  and  integrated  energy 
management services. We believe that the implementation of our complete energy management system enables our customers to 
further  reduce  electricity  costs,  while  permanently  reducing  base  and  peak  load  demand  from  the  electrical  grid.  From 
December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2010, we installed over 1,739,000 HIF lighting systems for our commercial and industrial 
customers.  We  are  focused  on  leveraging  this  installed  base  to  expand  our  customer  relationships  from  single-site 
implementations of our HIF lighting systems to enterprise-wide roll-outs of our complete energy management system. We are 
also  attempting  to  expand  our  product  and  service  offerings  by  providing  our  customers  with  exterior  lighting  products  and 
renewable  energy  solutions.  We  generally  have  focused  on  selling  retrofit  projects  whereby  we  replace  inefficient  HID, 
fluorescent  or  incandescent  systems.  In  fiscal  2010,  we  generated  approximately  58%  of  our  revenue  through  direct  sales 
relationships with end users, compared to 60% in fiscal 2009 and 75% in fiscal 2008. We also continue to develop resellers and 
partner  relationships  that  utilize  our systematized  sales process  to  increase overall  market  coverage and  awareness  in  regional 
and local markets along with electrical contractors that provide installation services for these projects. Reflecting our increased 
emphasis on expanding this sales channel, approximately 42% of our revenues in fiscal 2010 were generated from such indirect 
sales, compared to 40% in fiscal 2009 and 25% in fiscal 2008.  

We  estimate  that  the  use  of  our  HIF  fixtures  has  resulted  in  cumulative  electricity  cost  savings  for  our  customers  of 
approximately $857 million and has reduced base and peak load electricity demand by approximately 527 megawatts, or MW, 
through March 31, 2010. We estimate that this reduced electricity consumption has reduced associated indirect carbon dioxide 
emissions by approximately 7.4 million tons over the same period.  

For  a  description  of  the  assumptions  behind  our  calculations  of  customer  kilowatt  demand  reduction,  customer  kilowatt 
hours  and  electricity  costs  saved  and  reductions  in  indirect  carbon  dioxide  emissions  associated  with  our  products  used 
throughout this document, see the following table and notes.  

  Cumulative From December 1, 2001   
Through March 31, 2010 
(in thousands, unaudited) 

HIF lighting systems sold (1) 
Total units sold (including HIF lighting systems) 
Customer kilowatt demand reduction (2) 
Customer kilowatt hours saved (2)(3) 
Customer electricity costs saved (4) 
Indirect carbon dioxide emission reductions from customers’ energy savings (tons) (5) 
Square footage retrofitted (6) 

  $ 

1,739   
2,252   
528   
11,128,923   
856,927   
7,397   
886,455   

(1)    “HIF  lighting  systems”  includes  all  HIF  units  sold  under  the  brand  name  “Compact  Modular”  and  its  predecessor, 

“Illuminator.”

4 

   
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
Table of Contents 

(2)    A  substantial  majority  of  our  HIF  lighting  systems,  which  generally  operate  at  approximately  224  watts  per  six-lamp 
fixture,  are  installed  in  replacement  of  HID  fixtures,  which  generally  operate  at  approximately  465  watts  per  fixture  in 
commercial and industrial applications. We calculate that each six-lamp HIF lighting system we install in replacement of an 
HID fixture generally reduces electricity consumption by approximately 241 watts (the difference between 465 watts and 
224 watts). In retrofit projects where we replace fixtures other than HID fixtures, or where we replace fixtures with products 
other than our HIF lighting systems (which other products generally consist of products with lamps similar to those used in 
our HIF systems, but with varying frames, ballasts or power packs), we generally achieve similar wattage reductions (based 
on  an  analysis  of  the  operating  wattages  of  each  of  our  fixtures  compared  to  the  operating  wattage  of  the  fixtures  they 
typically replace). We calculate the amount of kilowatt demand reduction by multiplying (i) 0.241 kilowatts per six-lamp 
equivalent unit we install by (ii) the number of units we have installed in the period presented, including products other than 
our HIF lighting systems (or a total of approximately 2.25 million units). 

(3)    We calculate the number of kilowatt hours saved on a cumulative basis by assuming the demand (kW) reduction for each 

fixture and assuming that each such unit has averaged 7,500 annual operating hours since its installation. 

(4)    We  calculate  our  customers’  electricity  costs  saved  by  multiplying  the  cumulative  total  customer  kilowatt  hours  saved 
indicated in the table by $0.077 per kilowatt hour. The national average rate for 2009, which is the most current full year for 
which  this  information  is  available,  was  $0.0989  per  kilowatt  hour  according  to  the  United  States  Energy  Information 
Administration. 

(5)    We calculate this figure by multiplying (i) the estimated amount of carbon dioxide emissions that result from the generation 
of  one  kilowatt  hour  of  electricity  (determined  using  the  Emissions  and  Generation  Resource  Integration  Database,  or 
EGrid, prepared by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA), by (ii) the number of customer kilowatt 
hours saved as indicated in the table. 

(6)    Based  on  2.2 million  total  units  sold,  which  contain  a  total  of  approximately  11.0 million  lamps.  Each  lamp  illuminates 
approximately  75  square  feet.  The  majority  of  our  installed  fixtures  contain  six  lamps  and  typically  illuminate 
approximately 450 square feet. 

Our Industry 

As a company focused on providing energy management systems, our market opportunity is created by growing electricity 
capacity shortages, underinvestment in transmission and distribution, or T&D infrastructure, high electricity costs and the high 
financial and environmental costs associated with adding generation capacity and upgrading the T&D infrastructure. The United 
States electricity market is generally characterized by rising demand, increasing electricity costs and power reliability issues due 
to  continued  constraints  on  generation  and  T&D  capacity.  Electricity  demand  is  expected  to  grow  steadily  over  the  coming 
decades  and  significant  challenges  exist  in  meeting  this  increase  in  demand,  including  the  environmental  concerns  associated 
with generation assets using fossil fuels. These constraints are causing governments, utilities and businesses to focus on demand 
reduction initiatives, including energy efficiency and other demand-side management solutions.  

Today’s Electricity Market 

Growing  Demand  for  Electricity.  Demand  for  electricity  in  the  United  States  has  grown  steadily  in  recent  years  and  is 
expected  to  grow  significantly  for  the  foreseeable  future.  According  to  the  Energy  Information  Administration,  or  EIA,  $ 
363.7 billion  was  spent  on  electricity  in  2009  in  the  United  States,  up  from  $219 billion  in  1999,  an  increase  of  66%. 
Additionally,  the  EIA  identified  that  consumption  was  3,576 billion  kWh  in  2009  and  predicts  it  will  increase  by  40%  to 
5,021 billion kWh in 2035. According to the North American Electric Reliability Corporation, or NAERC, demand for electricity 
is expected to increase over the next 10 years by approximately 19% in the United States, but generation capacity is expected to 
increase by only approximately 12% in the United States during that same period. As a result of this rapidly growing demand, 
the  National  Electric  Reliability  Council,  or  NERC,  expects  capacity  margins  to  drop  below  minimum  target  levels  in  Texas, 
New England, the Mid-Atlantic, the Midwest and the Rocky Mountain area within the next two to three years. According to the 
International Energy Agency,  or IEA, North America  is expected to  add 698,000  MW of  additional  capacity at a  cost of  $2.4 
trillion between 2008 and 2030 to reliably meet expected annual growth in demand. Worldwide, the IEA, expects 4,799,000 MW 
of additional capacity to be required over the same period at a total cost of $13.7 trillion. We believe that meeting this increasing 
domestic  electricity  demand  will  require  either  an  increase  in  energy  supply  through  capacity  expansion,  broader  adoption  of 
demand management programs, or a combination of these solutions.  

5 

   
  
     
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Challenges to Capacity Expansion. Based on the forecasted growth in electricity demand, the EIA estimates that the United 
States will require 250 gigawatts, or GW, of new generating capacity by 2035 (the equivalent of 500 power plants rated at an 
average  of  500  MW  each).  According  to  data  provided  by  the  IEA,  we  estimate  that  new  generating  capacity  and  associated 
T&D investment will cost at least $2.2 million per MW.  

In addition to the high financial costs associated with adding power generation capacity, there are environmental concerns 
about  the  effects  of  emissions  from  additional  power  plants,  especially  coal-fired  power  plants.  According  to  the  IEA  in  its 
Annual  Energy  Outlook  for  2010,  “federal  and  state  energy  policies  recently  enacted  will  stimulate  the  increased  use  of 
renewable  technologies  and  efficiency  improvements,  slowing  the  growth  of  energy-related  carbon  dioxide  emissions  through 
2035”. According to the EPA, by 2035, total carbon dioxide emissions will be approximately 6,320 million metric tons, which is 
approximately 9% higher than 2008 levels. Of  the projected  250 GW of new generating capacity required by 2035, coal-fired 
plants,  which  generate  significant  emissions  of  carbon  dioxide  and  other  pollutants,  are  projected  to  account  for  only  12%  of 
added  capacity  between  2009  and  2035;  however,  coal  fired  generation  will  still  power  44%  of  the  country’s  electricity 
generation in 2035, according to the EIA. We believe that concerns over emissions may make it increasingly difficult for utilities 
to add coal-fired generating capacity. Clean coal energy initiatives are characterized by an uncertain legislative and regulatory 
framework and would involve substantial infrastructure cost to readily commercialize.  

Although  the  EIA  expects  clean-burning  natural  gas-fired  plants  to  account  for  46%  of  total  required  domestic  capacity 
additions between 2009 and 2035, natural gas prices are directly tied to technological developments and opportunities to capture 
new  sources  of  natural  gas,  which  according  to  the  EIA  in  its  Annual  Energy  Outlook  for  2010  is  leading to  “a  great  deal  of 
uncertainty about the long term trend in natural gas prices”. Additionally, natural gas prices have approximately doubled in the 
last  decade  according  to  the  EIA.  Environmentally-friendly  renewable  energy  alternatives,  such  as  solar  and  wind,  generally 
require  subsidies  and  rebates  to  be  cost  competitive  and  do  not  provide  continuous  electricity  generation.  Despite  these 
challenges, the EIA projects that 37% of new capacity additions between 2009 and 2035 will be renewable technologies, due in 
large  part  to  regulatory  initiatives  mandating  the  use  of  renewable  energy  sources.  We  believe  these  challenges  to  expanding 
generating capacity will increase the need for energy efficiency initiatives to meet demand growth.  

Underinvestment  in  Electricity  Transmission  and  Distribution.  According  to  the  Department  of  Energy,  or  DOE,  the 
majority of United States transmission lines, transformers and circuit breakers — the backbone of the United States T&D system 
— is more than 25 years old. The underinvestment in T&D infrastructure has led to well-documented power reliability issues, 
such as the August 2003 blackout that affected a number of states in the northeastern United States. To upgrade and maintain the 
United States T&D system, the Electric Power Research Institute, or EPRI, estimates that the United States will need to invest 
over $110 billion, or $5.5 billion per year, by 2025. This underinvestment is projected to become more pronounced as electricity 
demand grows. According to NERC, the growth in electricity demand is expected to outpace the growth in transmission capacity 
by a significant amount between now and 2015.  

High Electricity Costs. Due to the recent recessionary impact within the U.S., electricity pricing has declined slightly from 
prior  years  due  to  declining  demand  charges  and  lower  capacity  costs  for  open  market  purchases  of  electricity  in  deregulated 
states.  Prior  to  2009,  the  price  of  one  kWh  of  electricity  (in  nominal  dollars,  including  the  effects  of  inflation)  had  reached 
historic  highs,  according  to  the  EIA’s  Annual  Review  of  Energy  2007.  Based  on  the  most  recent  EIA  electricity  rate  and 
consumption data available (January 2010), we estimate that commercial and industrial electricity expenditures rose 25.2% and 
32.7%,  respectively,  from  1995  to  2009,  and  fell  by  4.7%  and  4.4%,  respectively,  in  comparing  monthly  expenditures  in 
January 2009  and  January 2010.  We  believe  that  the  recent  decline  in  electricity  costs  will  not  be  sustained  in  an  economic 
upturn or through the aging grid supply system and that electricity costs will return to the rates experienced prior to 2009 and 
will continue to increase. As a result, we believe that electricity costs will continue to be an increasingly significant operating 
expense for businesses, particularly those with large commercial and industrial facilities.  

6 

   
Table of Contents 

Our Market Opportunity 

We believe that energy efficiency measures represent permanent, cost-effective and environmentally-friendly alternatives to 
expanding  electricity  capacity  in  order  to  meet  demand  growth.  The  American  Council  for  an  Energy  Efficient  Economy,  or 
ACEEE, in a 2004 study estimated that the United States can reduce up to 25% of its estimated electricity usage from 2000 to 
2020, the equivalent of approximately $70 billion per year in energy savings, by deploying all currently available cost-effective 
energy efficiency products and technologies across commercial, industrial and residential market sectors. As a result, we believe 
governments,  utilities  and  businesses  are  increasingly  focused  on  demand  reduction  through  energy  efficiency  and  demand 
management programs. For example:  

• 

• 

• 

  Forty-eight  states,  through  legislation,  regulation  or  voluntarily,  have  seen  their  utilities  design  and  fund 
programs  that  promote  or  deliver  energy  efficiency.  In  fact,  as  of  March 31,  2010,  only  Alaska  and  West 
Virginia,  along  with  the  District  of  Columbia,  do  not  have  some  form  of  utility  or  state  energy  efficiency 
programs for any of their commercial or industrial customers. 

  According to the ACEEE, 22 states have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, Energy Efficiency 
Resource Standards, or EERS, or have an energy efficiency component to their Renewable Portfolio Standard, or 
RPS, which generally requires utilities to allocate funds to energy efficiency programs to meet near-term energy 
savings targets set by state governments or regulatory authorities. 

  In recent years, there has also been an increasing focus on “decoupling,” a regulatory initiative designed to break 
the linkage between utility kWh sales and revenues, in order to remove the disincentives for utilities to promote 
load  reducing  initiatives.  Decoupling  aims  to  encourage  utilities  to  actively  promote  energy  efficiency  by 
allowing utilities to generate revenues and returns on investment from employing energy management solutions. 
According to the Natural Resources Defense Council, or NRDC, as of August 20, 2009, 19 states had adopted or 
are considering adopting some form of decoupling for electric utilities. 

One  method  utilities  use  to  reduce  demand  is  the  implementation  of  demand  response  programs.  Demand  response  is  a 
method  of  reducing  electricity  usage  during  periods  of  peak  demand  in  order  to  promote  grid  stability,  either  by  temporarily 
curtailing  end  use  or  by  shifting  generation  to  backup  sources,  typically  at  customer  facilities.  While  demand  response  is  an 
effective tool for addressing peak demand, these programs are called upon to reduce consumption typically for only up to 200 
hours per year, based on demand conditions, and require end users to compromise their consumption patterns, for example by 
reducing lighting or air conditioning.  

We  believe  that  given  the  costs  of  adding new  capacity  and  the  limited demand time  period  that  is  addressed  by  current 
demand  response  initiatives,  there  is  a  significant  opportunity  for  more  comprehensive  energy  efficiency  solutions  to 
permanently reduce electricity demand during both peak and off-peak periods. We believe such solutions are a compelling way 
for businesses, utilities and regulators to meet rising demand in a cost-effective and environmentally-friendly manner. We also 
believe that, in order to gain acceptance among end users, energy efficiency solutions must offer substantial energy savings and 
return on investment, without requiring compromises in energy usage patterns.  

The Role of Lighting 

Commercial  and  industrial  facilities  in  the  United  States  employ  a  variety  of  lighting  technologies,  including  HID, 
traditional fluorescents, LED and incandescent lighting fixtures. Our HIF lighting systems typically replace HID fixtures, which 
operate inefficiently and, according to EPRI, only convert approximately 36% of the energy they consume into visible light. We 
believe  that  the  U.S.  market  opportunity  for  HID  retrofits  is  $9.6 billion.  We  base  this  estimate  on  the  most  recent  EIA 
Commercial  and  Manufacturing  Energy  Consumption  Survey  published  in  September 2008,  which  states  that  a  total  of 
81.9 billion commercial and industrial square feet are estimated to exist in the U.S. We estimate that 20.6 billion of these square 
feet are eligible for HID retrofits, based upon our analysis of the EIA’s market sector data giving consideration to a building’s 
principal activity or purpose and the related square feet. Based on our experience that each HID fixture covers 450 square feet, 
approximately  45.7 million  HID  fixtures  would  be  required  to  cover  the  estimated  20.6 billion  square  feet  eligible  for  HID 
retrofits, at an estimated average cost per fixture of approximately $210.  

Our Solution 

50/50  Value  Proposition.  We  estimate  our  HIF  lighting  systems  generally  reduce  lighting-related  electricity  costs  by 
approximately  50%  compared  to  HID  fixtures,  while  increasing  the  quantity  of  light  by  approximately  50%  and  improving 
lighting  quality.  From  December 1,  2001  through  March 31,  2010,  we  believe  that  the  use  of  our  HIF  fixtures  has  saved  our 
customers $857 million in electricity costs and reduced their energy consumption by 11.1 billion kWh. 

7 

   
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Multi-Facility Roll-Out Capability . We offer our customers a single source, turn-key solution for project implementation in 
which we manage and maintain responsibility for entire multi-facility roll-outs of our energy management solutions across North 
American  real  estate  portfolios.  This  capability  allows  us  to  offer  our customers an  orderly,  timely and  scheduled  process  for 
recognizing energy reductions and cost savings.  

Rapid Payback Period. In most retrofit projects where we replace HID fixtures, our customers typically realize a two- to 
three  -year  payback  period  on  our  HIF  lighting  systems.  These  returns  are  achieved  without  considering  utility  incentives  or 
government  subsidies  (although  subsidies  and  incentives  are  increasingly  being  made  available  to  our  customers  and  us  in 
connection with the installation of our systems and further shorten payback periods).  

Comprehensive  Energy  Management  System.  Our  comprehensive  energy  management  system  enables  us  to  reduce  our 
customers’ base and peak load electricity consumption. By replacing existing HID fixtures with our HIF lighting systems, our 
customers permanently reduce base load electricity consumption while significantly increasing their quantity and quality of light. 
We can also add intelligence to the customer’s lighting system through the implementation of our InteLite wireless controls. This 
gives our customers the ability to control and adjust lighting and energy use levels for additional cost savings. Finally, we offer a 
further reduction in electricity consumption through the installation and integration of our Apollo Solar Light Pipe, which is a 
lens-based device  that collects and  focuses renewable  daylight without consuming electricity. By  integrating our Apollo  Solar 
Light Pipe and HIF lighting system with the intelligence of our InteLite product line, the output and electricity consumption of 
our HIF lighting systems can be automatically adjusted based on the level of natural light being provided by our Apollo Light 
Pipe and, in certain circumstances, our customers can illuminate their facilities “off the grid” during peak hours of the day.  

Easy  Installation,  Implementation  and  Maintenance.  Our  HIF  fixtures  are  designed  with  a  lightweight  construction  and 
modular  plug-and-play  architecture  that  allows  for  fast  and  easy  installation,  facilitates  maintenance  and  allows  for  easy 
integration of other components of our energy management system. We believe our system’s design reduces installation time and 
expense compared to other lighting solutions, which further improves our customers’ return on investment. We also believe that 
our use of standard components reduces our customers’ ongoing maintenance costs.  

Expanded  Product/Service  Offerings  .  We  have  expanded  our  product  and  service  offerings  by  providing  our  customers 
with alternative renewable energy systems through our new operating division, Orion Engineered Systems, formerly known as 
Orion  Technology  Ventures.  We  have  also  recently  introduced  exterior  lighting  products  for  parking  lot  and  roadway 
illumination and an LED product offering for freezer and cold storage applications.  

Base and Peak Load Relief for Utilities. The implementation of our energy management systems can substantially reduce 
our customers’  electricity  demand during  peak  and  off-peak periods.  Since  we  believe  that  commercial and  industrial lighting 
represents  approximately  14%  of  total  energy  usage  in  the  United  States,  our  systems  can  substantially  reduce  the  need  for 
additional  base  and  peak  load  generation  and  distribution  capacity,  while  reducing  the  impact  of  peak  demand  periods  on  the 
electrical grid. We estimate that the HIF fixtures we have installed from December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2010 have had the 
effect of reducing base and peak load demand by approximately 528 MW.  

Environmental  Benefits.  By  permanently  reducing  electricity  consumption,  our  energy  management  systems  reduce 
associated indirect carbon dioxide emissions that would otherwise have resulted from generation of this energy. We estimate that 
one  of  our  HIF  lighting  systems,  when  replacing  a  standard  HID  fixture,  displaces  0.241  kW  of  electricity,  which,  based  on 
information provided by the EPA, reduces a customer’s indirect carbon dioxide emissions by approximately 1.2 tons per year. 
Based  on  these  figures,  we  estimate  that  the  use  of  our  HIF  fixtures  has  reduced  indirect  carbon  dioxide  emissions  by 
approximately 7.4 million tons through March 31, 2010.  

Our Competitive Strengths 

Compelling  Value  Proposition.  By  permanently  reducing  lighting-related  electricity  usage,  our  systems  enable  our 
commercial and industrial customers to achieve significant cost savings, without compromising the quantity or quality of light in 
their  facilities.  As  a  result,  our  energy  management  systems  offer  our  customers  a  rapid  return  on  their  investment,  without 
relying on government subsidies or utility incentives. We believe our ability to deliver improved lighting quality while reducing 
electricity costs differentiates our value proposition from other demand management solutions which require end users to alter 
the time, manner or duration of their electricity use to achieve cost savings. We also offer our customers a single source solution 
whereby we manage and are responsible for the entire project, including installation and manufacturing across the entire North 
American real estate portfolio. Our ability to offer such a turn-key, national solution allows us to deliver energy reductions and 
cost savings to our customers in timely, orderly and planned multi-facility roll-outs.  

8 

   
Table of Contents 

Large and Growing Customer Base. We have developed a large and growing national customer base, and have installed our 
products in over 5,600 commercial and industrial facilities across North America. As of March 31, 2010, we have completed or 
are in the process of completing retrofits in over 1,300 facilities for our Fortune 500 customers. We believe that the willingness 
of  our  blue-chip  customers  to  install  our  products  across  multiple  facilities  represents  a  significant  endorsement  of  our  value 
proposition, which in turn helps us sell our energy management systems to new customers.  

Systematized Sales Process. We have invested substantial resources in the development of our innovative sales process. We 
sell directly to our end user customers using a systematized multi-step sales process that focuses on our value proposition and 
provides our sales force with specific, identified tasks that govern their interactions with our customers from the point of lead 
generation through delivery of our products and services. Management of this process seeks to continually improve salesforce 
effectiveness  while  simultaneously  improving  salesforce  efficiency.  We  also  train  select  partners  and  resellers  to  follow  our 
systemized sales process, thereby extending our sales reach while making their businesses more effective.  

Innovative Technology. We have developed a portfolio of 26 United States patents primarily covering various elements of 
our  HIF  fixtures.  We  believe  these  innovations  allow  our  HIF  fixtures  to  produce  more  light  output  per  unit  of  input  energy 
compared to competitive HIF product offerings. We also have 23 patents pending that primarily cover various elements of our 
InteLite wireless controls and our Apollo Solar Light Pipe and certain business methods. To complement our innovative energy 
management  products,  we  have  introduced  integrated  energy  management  services  to  provide  our  customers  with  a  turnkey 
solution  either  at  a  single  facility  or  across  North  American  facility  footprints.  We  believe  that  our  demonstrated  ability  to 
innovate provides us with significant competitive advantages. We believe that our HIF solutions offer significantly more light 
output  as  measured  in  foot-candles  of  light  delivered  per  watt  of  electricity  consumed  when  compared  to  HID,  traditional 
fluorescent and light emitting diode, or LED, light sources.  

Expanded  Product/Service  Offerings  .  We  have  expanded  our  product  and  service  offerings  by  providing  our  customers 
with alternative renewable energy systems through our Orion Engineered Systems division. This division continues to conduct 
research on various additional renewable energy technologies that we may be able to add to our menu of products, applications 
and services offered, making recommendations to our senior management regarding the technologies’ viability and developing 
commercialization  tactics.  If  determined  commercially  viable,  we  will  ultimately  add  these  technologies  into  our  menu  of 
products,  applications  and  services  offered  through  our  distribution  channels.  In  fiscal  2010,  we  began  researching  three  test 
solar  photovoltaic  electricity  generating  projects,  completing  our  test  analysis  on  two  of  the  three  in  the  third  quarter,  and 
executed our first cash sale and our first purchase power agreement, or PPA, as a result of the successful testing of these systems. 
A PPA is a supply side agreement for the generation of electricity and subsequent sale to the end user. We expect the installation 
and customer acceptance of the third test system to be completed during our fiscal 2011 first quarter. These projects are helping 
us answer technological, installation and commercial feasibility questions before determining how this technology may fit into 
our overall business plan. We have also recently introduced exterior lighting products for parking lot and roadway illumination 
and an LED product offering for freezer and cold storage applications.  

Expanded  Partner  Network  .  In  addition  to  selling  directly  to  commercial  and  industrial  customers,  we  sell  our  energy 
management  products  and  services  indirectly  to  end  users  through  wholesale  sales  to  electrical  contractors  and  value-added 
resellers.  In  fiscal  2010,  we  increased  our  focus  on  selling  through  our  contractor  and  value-added  reseller  channels  with  the 
development  of  a  partner  recruitment  team  that  focuses  on  recruiting  and  developing  partners  in  key  markets  with  a  higher 
saturation of commercial and industrial buildings. Additionally, we are developing an elite partner network and have developed 
standard  operating  procedures  related  to  sales  and  operations.  Our  elite  partners  are  required  to  have  in-market  technology 
demonstration  centers  to  showcase  our  products  and  are  trained  to  conduct  their  own  energy  workshops  for  their  in-market 
customers. We now have relationships with more than 100 partners, some of whom are exclusive agents of our product lines. We 
intend to continue to build out our partner network in the future and expect an increasing percentage of our total revenue to be 
generated from our partners.  

Strong,  Experienced  Leadership  Team.  We  have  a  strong and  experienced senior  management team  led  by  our  chairman 
and chief executive officer, Neal R. Verfuerth, who was the principal founder of our company in 1996 and invented many of the 
products that form our energy management system. Our senior executive management team of seven individuals has a combined 
53 years  of  experience  with  our  company  and  a  combined  84 years  of  experience  in  the  lighting  and  energy  management 
industries.  

9 

   
Table of Contents 

Innovative  Financing  Solutions.  We  have  developed  patent-pending  financing  programs  called  the  Orion  Throughput 
Agreement, or OTA, and Orion Virtual Power Plant, or OVPP. We use the terms OTA and OVPP interchangeably and there are 
no  differences  between  the  programs.  Our  OTAs  and  OVPPs  are  structured  similarly  to  a  supply  contract  under  which  we 
commit to deliver a set amount of energy savings to the customer at a fixed monthly rate. Our OTA and OVPP programs allow 
customers to deploy our energy management systems without having to make upfront investments or capital outlays. After the 
pre-determined amount of energy savings are delivered, our customers assume full ownership of the energy management system 
and benefit from the entire amount of energy savings over the remaining useful life of the technology. We believe the OTAs and 
OVPPs allow us to capture opportunities that otherwise may not have occurred due to capital constraints. Revenue is recognized 
on a monthly basis over the life of the contract, typically 12 months with renewable terms ranging from 12 to 48 months, upon 
successful  installation  of  the  system  and  customer  acknowledgement  that  the  product  is  operating  as  specified.  All  sales  and 
administrative activities are expensed as incurred, often several months in advance of the contract completion and the recognition 
of the related revenues. Direct product costs are amortized on a monthly basis over the life of the asset. Additionally, we may 
choose to sell the payment streams to third party finance companies, in which case, the revenue would be recognized at the net 
present value of the total future payments from the finance company upon completion of the project.  

Efficient, Scalable Manufacturing Process. We have made significant investments in our manufacturing facility since fiscal 
2005,  including  investments  in  production  efficiencies,  automated  processes  and  modern  production  equipment.  These 
investments  have  substantially  increased  our  production  capacity,  which  we  believe  will  enable  us  to  support  substantially 
increased demand from our current level. In addition, these investments, combined with our modular product design and use of 
standard  components, enable  us  to reduce  our  cost  of  revenue,  while  better  controlling production  quality,  and allow  us  to be 
responsive  to  customer  needs  on  a  timely  basis.  We  generally  are  able  to  deliver  standard  products  within  several  weeks  of 
receipt of order which leads to greater energy savings to customers through shorter implementation time frames. We believe the 
sales to implementation cycles for our competitors are substantially longer.  

Our Growth Strategies 

Leverage Existing Customer Base.  We are expanding our relationships with our existing customers by transitioning from 
single-site facility implementations to comprehensive enterprise-wide roll-outs of our HIF lighting systems. We are also intend 
to leveraging our large installed base of HIF lighting systems to implement all aspects of our energy management system, as well 
as our additional alternative/renewable energy solutions for our existing customers.  

Target  Additional  Customers.  We  are  expanding  our  base  of  commercial  and  industrial  customers  by  executing  our 
systematized  sales  process  with  our  direct  sales  force  and  through  our  existing  resellers  and  partners.  In  addition,  we  are 
continuing to execute on a sales and marketing program designed to develop new relationships with partners, resellers and their 
respective customers.  

Develop  New  Sources  of  Revenue  Through  Expanded  Product/Service  Offerings  .  We  recently  introduced  our  InteLite 
wireless controls, Apollo Solar Light Pipe and outdoor lighting products to complement our core HIF lighting systems. We are 
continuing  to  develop  new  energy  management  products  and  services  that  can  be  utilized  in  connection  with  our  current 
products,  including  intelligent  HVAC  integration  controls,  renewable  energy  solutions,  exterior  parking  lot  lighting  products, 
comprehensive  lighting  management  software  and  controls  and  additional  consulting  services.  We  are  also  exploring 
opportunities  to  monetize  emissions  offsets  based  on  our  customers’  electricity  savings  from  implementation  of  our  energy 
management systems.  

Expanded  Partner  Network  .  In  addition  to  selling  directly  to  commercial  and  industrial  customers,  we  sell  our  energy 
management  products  and  services  indirectly  to  end  users  through  wholesale  sales  to  electrical  contractors  and  value-added 
resellers. We intend to continue to build out our partner network in the future, including the addition of elite partners. Our elite 
partners represent Orion products exclusively, maintain product demonstration areas within their facilities, are offered our lowest 
pricing level and follow Orion standard operating procedures related to sales, project management and operational activities. Our 
partner expansion team will focus on aggressively recruiting and developing new partners in markets where we currently do not 
have representation and markets with high concentrations of commercial and industrial buildings.  

Provide  Load  Relief  to  Utilities  and  Grid  Operators.  Because  commercial  and  industrial  lighting  represents  a  significant 
percentage of overall electricity usage, we believe that as we increase our market penetration, our systems will, in the aggregate, 
have a significant impact on permanently reducing base and peak load electricity demand. We estimate our HIF lighting systems 
can  generally  eliminate  demand  at  a  cost  of  approximately  $1.0 million  per  MW  when  used  in  replacement  of  typical  HID 
fixtures,  as  compared  to  the  IEA’s  estimate  of  approximately  $2.2 million  per  MW  of  capacity  for  new  generation  and  T&D 
assets. We intend to market our energy management systems directly to utilities and grid operators as a lower-cost, permanent 
and distributed alternative to capacity expansion. We believe that utilities and grid operators may increasingly view our systems 
as  a  way  to  help  them  meet  their  requirements  to  provide  reliable  electric  power  to  their  customers  in  a  cost-effective  and 
environmentally-friendly  manner.  In  addition,  we  believe  that  potential  regulatory  decoupling  initiatives  could  increase  the 
amount of incentives that utilities and grid operators will be willing to pay us or our customers for the installation of our systems. 

10 

   
Table of Contents 

Continue to Improve Operational Efficiencies. We are focused on continually improving the efficiency of our operations to 
increase  the  profitability  of  our  business.  In  our  manufacturing  operations,  we  pursue  opportunities  to  reduce  our  materials, 
component  and  manufacturing  costs  through  product  engineering,  manufacturing  process  improvements,  research  and 
development  on  alternative  materials  and  components,  volume  purchasing  and  investments  in  manufacturing  equipment  and 
automation.  We  also  seek  to  reduce  our  installation  costs  by  training  our  authorized  installers  to  perform  retrofits  more 
efficiently and cost effectively. We have also undertaken initiatives to achieve operating expense efficiencies by more effectively 
executing our systematized multi-step sales process and focusing on geographically-concentrated sales efforts. We believe that 
realizing  these  efficiencies  will  enhance  our  profitability  potential  and  allow  us  to  continue  to  deliver  our  compelling  value 
proposition.  

Products and Services 

We  provide  a  variety  of  products  and  services  that  together  comprise  our  energy  management  system.  The  core  of  our 
energy management system is our HIF lighting platform, which we primarily sell under the Compact Modular brand name. We 
offer our customers the option to build on our core HIF lighting platform by adding our InteLite wireless controls and Apollo 
Solar Light Pipe. Together with these products, we offer our customers a variety of integrated energy management services such 
as system design, project management and installation. We refer to the combination of these products and services as our energy 
management system.  

Products 

The following is a description of our primary products:  

The Compact Modular. Our primary product is our line of high-performance HIF lighting systems, the Compact Modular, 
which includes a variety of fixture configurations to meet customer specifications. The Compact Modular generally operates at 
224 watts per six-lamp fixture, compared to approximately 465 watts for the HID fixtures that it typically replaces. This wattage 
difference  is  the  primary  reason  our  HIF  lighting  systems  are  able  to  reduce  electricity  consumption  by  approximately  50% 
compared to HID fixtures. Our Compact Modular has a thermally efficient design that allows it to operate at significantly lower 
temperatures  than  HID  fixtures and  most  other  legacy  lighting  fixtures  typically  found  in  commercial and  industrial  facilities. 
Because  of  the  lower  operating  temperatures  of  our  fixtures,  our  ballasts  and  lamps  operate  more  efficiently,  allowing  more 
electricity to be converted to light rather than to heat or vibration, while allowing these components to last longer before needing 
replacement. In addition, the heat reduction provided by installing our HIF lighting systems reduces the electricity consumption 
required  to  cool  our  customers’  facilities,  which  further  reduces  their  electricity  costs.  The  EPRI  estimates  that  commercial 
buildings use 5% to 10% of their electricity consumption for cooling required to offset the heat generated by lighting fixtures.  

In addition, our patented optically-efficient reflector increases light quantity by efficiently harvesting and focusing emitted 
light.  We  and  some  of  our  customers  have  conducted  tests  that  generally  show  that  our  Compact  Modular  product  line  can 
increase  light  quantity  in  footcandles  by  approximately  50%  when  replacing  HID  fixtures.  Further,  we  believe,  based  on 
customer data, that our Compact Modular products provide a greater quantity of light per watt than competing HIF fixtures.  

The Compact Modular product line also includes our modular power pack, which enables us to customize our customers’
lighting systems to help achieve their specified lighting and energy savings goals. Our modular power pack integrates easily into 
a  wide  variety  of  electrical  configurations  at  our  customers’  facilities,  allowing  for  faster  and  less  expensive  installation 
compared  to  lighting  systems  that  require  customized  electrical  connections.  In  addition,  our  HIF  lighting  systems  are 
lightweight and, we believe, easy to handle, which further reduces installation and maintenance costs and helps to build brand 
loyalty with electrical contractors and installers.  

InteLite Wireless Controls. Our InteLite wireless control products allow customers to remotely communicate with and give 
commands  to  individual  light  fixtures  and  other  peripheral  devices  through  web-based  software,  and  allow  the  customer  to 
configure and easily change the control parameters of each fixture based on a number of inputs and conditions, including motion 
and ambient light levels. Our InteLite products can be added to our HIF lighting systems at or after installation on a “plug and 
play”  basis  by  coupling  the  wireless  transceivers  directly  to  the  modular  power  pack.  Because  of  their  modular  design,  our 
InteLite wireless products can be added to our energy management system easily and at lower cost when compared to lighting 
systems that require similar controls to be included at original installation or retrofitted.  

11 

   
Table of Contents 

Apollo Solar Light Pipe. Our Apollo Solar Light Pipe is a lens-based device that collects and focuses renewable daylight, 
bringing  natural  light  indoors  without  consuming  electricity.  Our  Apollo  Solar  Light  Pipe  is  designed  and  manufactured  to 
maximize light collection during times of low sun angles, such as those that occur during early morning and late afternoon. The 
Apollo  Solar  Light  Pipe  produces  maximum  lighting  “power”  in  peak  summer  months  and  during  peak  daylight  hours,  when 
electricity  is  most  expensive.  By  integrating  our  Apollo  Solar  Light  Pipe  with  our  HIF  lighting  systems  and  InteLite  wireless 
controls, the output and associated electricity consumption of our HIF lighting systems can be automatically adjusted based on 
the  level  of  natural  light  being  provided  by  our  Apollo  Solar Light  Pipe  to  offer  further  energy  savings  for  our  customers.  In 
certain circumstances, our customers can illuminate their facilities “off the grid” during peak hours of the day through the use of 
our integrated energy management system.  

Renewable  Energy  Projects  .  In  fiscal  2010,  we  began  researching  three  test  solar  photovoltaic  electricity  generating 
projects, completing our test analysis on two of the three in the third quarter, and executed our first cash sale and our first PPA as 
a result of the successful testing of these systems. We expect the installation and customer acceptance of the third system to be 
completed during our fiscal 2011 first quarter. These projects are helping us answer technological, installation and commercial 
feasibility questions before determining how this technology may fit into our overall business plan. In the near term, we do not 
anticipate  revenue  contributions  from  these  projects  to  be  significant.  Our  Orion  Engineered  Systems  division  is  conducting 
research on various renewable energy technologies, including those using wind technologies, that we may be able to add to our 
menu of products, applications and services offered.  

Other  Products.  We  also  offer  our  customers  a  variety  of  other  HIF  fixtures  to  address  their  lighting  and  energy 
management  needs,  including  fixtures  designed  for  agribusinesses,  parking  lots,  roadways,  outdoor  applications,  LED  freezer 
applications and private label resale.  

The installation of our products generally requires the services of qualified and licensed professionals trained to deal with 

electrical components and systems.  

Services 

We provide, and derive revenue from, a range of fee-based lighting-related energy management services to our customers, 

including:  

• 

  comprehensive site assessment, which includes a review of the current lighting requirements and energy usage at the 

customer’s facility; 

• 

  site  field  verification,  where  we  perform  a  test  implementation  of  our  energy  management  system  at  a  customer’s 

facility upon request; 

• 

  utility incentive and government subsidy management, where we assist our customers in identifying, applying for and 

obtaining available utility incentives or government subsidies; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

  engineering design, which involves designing a customized system to suit our customer’s facility lighting and energy 
management needs, and providing the customer with a written analysis of the potential energy savings and lighting and 
environmental benefits associated with the designed system; 

  project management, which involves our working with the electrical contractor in overseeing and managing all phases 
of  implementation from  delivery  through installation  for  a  single  facility  or  through  multi-facility  roll-outs  tied  to  a 
defined project schedule; 

  installation services, which we provide through our national network of qualified third-party installers; and 

  recycling in connection with our retrofit installations, where we remove, dispose of and recycle our customer’s legacy 

lighting fixtures. 

12 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Our warranty policy generally provides for a limited one-year warranty on our products. Ballasts, lamps and other electrical 
components  are  excluded  from  our  standard  warranty  since  they  are  covered  by  a  separate  warranty  offered  by  the  original 
equipment  manufacturer.  We  coordinate  and  process  customer  warranty  inquiries  and  claims,  including  inquiries  and  claims 
relating to ballast and lamp components, through our customer service department.  

We are also expanding our offering of other energy management services that we believe will represent additional sources 
of  revenue  for  us  in  the  future.  Those  services  primarily  include  review  and  management  of  electricity  bills,  as  well  as 
management and control of power quality and remote monitoring and control of our installed systems. We are also beginning to 
sell and distribute replacement lamps and fixture components into the after-market.  

Our Customers 

We  primarily  target  commercial  and  industrial  end  users  who  have  warehousing  and  manufacturing  facilities.  As  of 
March 31, 2010, we have installed our products in 5,612 commercial and industrial facilities across North America, including for 
120 Fortune 500 companies. We have completed or are in the process of completing installations at over 1,300 facilities for these 
Fortune 500 customers. Our diversified customer base includes:  

American Standard International Inc. 
Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. 
Avery Dennison Corporation 
Big Lots Inc. 
Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 

   Ecolab, Inc. 
   Gap, Inc. 
   General Electric Co. 
   Kraft Foods Inc. 
   Miller Coors LLC 

   Newell Rubbermaid Inc.    SYSCO Corp. 
   OfficeMax, Inc. 
   PepsiAmericas Inc. 
   Sealed Air Corp. 
   Sherwin-Williams Co. 

   Textron, Inc. 
   Toyota Motor Corp. 
   United Stationers Inc. 
   U.S. Foodservice 

For fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue. For fiscal 2008, Coca-

Cola Enterprises Inc. accounted for approximately 17.3% of our total revenue.  

Sales and Marketing 

We sell our products directly to commercial and industrial customers using a systematized multi-step process that focuses 
on  our  value  proposition  and  provides  our  sales  force  with  specific,  identified  tasks  that  govern  their  interactions  with  our 
customers from the point of lead generation through delivery of our products and services. In fiscal 2010, we increased our sales 
and marketing headcount to further develop opportunities for our exterior lighting products within the utility and governmental 
markets, expanded sales and sales support personnel dedicated to our in-market sales programs and added technical expertise for 
our  wireless  controls  product  lines.  Additionally,  we  upgraded  our  Customer  Relationship  Management,  or  CRM,  system  to 
improve  the  information  and  tracking  of  our  customer  project  pipeline  and  expanded  the  CRM  system  to  include  our  elite 
partners, providing visibility into their project pipelines as well.  

We also sell our products and services indirectly to our customers through their electrical contractors or distributors, or to 
electrical  contractors  and  distributors  who  buy  our  products  and  resell  them  to  end  users  as  part  of  an  installed  project.  We 
believe  these  relationships  will  allow  us  to  increase  penetration  into  the  lighting  retrofit  market  because  electrical  contractors 
often  have  significant  influence  over  their  customers’  lighting  product  selections.  Even  in  cases  where  we  sell  through  these 
indirect channels, we strive to have our own relationship with the end user customer.  

We also sell our products on a wholesale basis to electrical contractors and value-added resellers. We often train our value-
added  resellers  to  implement  our  systematized  sales  process  to  more  effectively  resell  our  products  to  their  customers.  We 
attempt  to  leverage  the  customer  relationships  of  these  electrical  contractors  and  value-added  resellers  to  further  extend  the 
geographic scope of our selling efforts. In fiscal 2010, we increased our focus on selling through our contractor and value-added 
reseller channels through participation in national trade organizations, providing training on our sales methodologies, including 
the development and distribution of standard sales partner operating procedures and providing training to our partners to enable 
them  to  conduct  their  own  energy  workshops  with  their  customer  and  prospect  bases.  We  intend  to  focus  on  expanding  our 
partner  network,  selectively  adding  new  partners  in  geographic  regions  where  we  do  not  currently  have  a  significant  market 
presence.  

13 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

We have historically focused our marketing efforts on traditional direct advertising, as well as developing brand awareness 
through customer education and active participation in trade shows and energy management seminars. In fiscal 2011, we expect 
to continue to selectively invest in advertising and marketing campaigns to increase the visibility of our brand name and raise 
awareness  of  our  value  proposition.  In  the  past,  these  efforts  have  included  participating  in  national,  regional  and  local  trade 
organizations,  exhibiting  at  trade  shows,  executing  targeted  direct  mail  campaigns,  advertising  in  select  publications,  public 
relations  campaigns  and  other  lead  generation  and  brand  building  initiatives.  We  are  also  actively  training  contractors  and 
partners on how to effectively represent our product offering and have designed an intensive classroom training program, Orion 
University, to complement the energy management workshops we conduct in the field.  

Competition 

The  market  for  energy  management  products  and  services  is  fragmented.  We  face  strong  competition  primarily  from 
manufacturers  and  distributors  of  energy  management  products  and  services  as  well  as  electrical  contractors.  We  compete 
primarily on the basis of technology, quality, customer relationships, energy efficiency, customer service and marketing support. 

There  are  a  number  of  lighting  fixture  manufacturers  that  sell  HIF  products  that  compete  with  our  Compact  Modular 
product line. Some of these manufacturers also sell HID products that compete with our HIF lighting systems, including Cooper 
Industries,  Ltd.,  Hubbell  Incorporated,  Ruud  Lighting,  Inc.  and  Acuity  Brands,  Inc.  These  companies  generally  have  large, 
diverse product lines. Many of these competitors are better capitalized than we are, have strong existing customer relationships, 
greater  name  recognition,  and  more  extensive  engineering  and  marketing  capabilities.  We  also  compete  for  sales  of  our  HIF 
lighting  systems  with  manufacturers  and  suppliers  of  older  fluorescent  technology  in  the  retrofit  market.  Some  of  the 
manufacturers of HIF and HID products that compete with our HIF lighting systems sell their systems at a lower initial capital 
cost  than  the  cost  at  which  we  sell  our  systems,  although  we  believe  based  on  our  industry  experience  that  these  systems 
generally do not deliver the light quality and the cost savings that our HIF lighting systems deliver over the long-term.  

LED  technology  is  emerging  and  gaining  acceptance  for  certain  types  of  lighting  applications;  however,  we  believe  the 
performance  characteristics  and  relatively  high  cost  do  not  make  LEDs  a  cost-effective  alternative  to  HIF  for  general 
illumination  applications  in  the  commercial  and  industrial  markets.  We  are  continuing  to  research  this  technology  and  have 
introduced LED based products designed to achieve desired light outputs in freezer applications where the optimal performance 
for LED lighting fixtures is achieved at 20 degrees below zero.  

Many  of  our  competitors market their  manufactured lighting  and other  products  primarily  to distributors  who  resell  their 
products  for  use  in  new  commercial,  residential,  and  industrial  construction.  These  distributors,  such  as  Graybar  Electric 
Company, Gexpro (GE Supply) and W.W. Grainger, Inc., generally have large customer bases and wide distribution networks 
and supply to electrical contractors.  

We also face competition from companies who provide energy management services. Some of these competitors, such as 
Johnson Controls, Inc.  and Honeywell International,  provide basic systems  and controls designed to  further  energy efficiency. 
Other competitors provide demand response systems that compete with our energy management systems, such as Comverge, Inc. 
and EnerNOC, Inc.  

Intellectual Property 

We have been issued 26 United States patents, and have applied for 23 additional United States patents. The patented and 

patent pending technologies include the following: 

• 

  Portions of our core HIF lighting technology (including our optically efficient reflector and some of our thermally 

efficient fixture I-frame constructions) are patented with additional patents pending. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

  Our ballast assembly method is patent pending. 

  Our light pipe technology and its manufacturing methods are patented with additional patents pending. 

  Our wireless lighting control system is patent pending. 

  The technology and methodology of our OVPP financing program is patent pending. 

Our 26 United States patents have expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2028, with more than half of these patents having 

expiration dates of 2022 or later.  

14 

   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

We believe that our patent portfolio as a whole is material to our business. We also believe that our patents covering certain 
component  parts  of  our  Compact  Modular,  including  our  thermally  efficient  I-frame  and  our  optically  efficient  reflector,  are 
material to our business, and that the loss of these patents could significantly and adversely affect our business, operating results 
and prospects. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Our inability to protect our intellectual property, or our 
involvement  in  damaging  and  disruptive  intellectual  property  litigation,  could  negatively  affect  our  business  and  results  of 
operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use of the product or service.”  

Manufacturing and Distribution 

We own  an approximately 266,000 square foot manufacturing and distribution facility located in  Manitowoc, Wisconsin. 
Since fiscal 2005, we have made significant investments in new equipment and in the development of our workforce to expand 
our internal production capabilities and increase production capacity. As a result of these investments, we are generally able to 
manufacture  and  assemble  our  products  internally.  We  supplement  our  in-house  production  with  outsourcing  contracts  as 
required  to  meet  short-term  production  needs.  We  believe  we  have  sufficient  production  capacity  to  support  a  substantial 
expansion of our business.  

We  generally  maintain  a  significant  supply  of  raw  material  and  purchased  and  manufactured  component  inventory.  We 
manufacture products to order and are typically able to ship most orders within 14 days of our receipt of a purchase order. We 
contract  with  transportation  companies  to ship  our  products  and  we  manage  all aspects of  distribution  logistics.  We  generally 
ship our products directly to the end user.  

Research and Development 

Our  research  and  development  efforts  are  centered  on  developing  new  products  and  technologies,  enhancing  existing 
products, and improving operational and manufacturing efficiencies. The products, technologies and services we are developing 
are  focused  on  increasing  end  user  energy  efficiency.  We  are  also  developing  lighting  products  based  on  LED  technology, 
intelligent HVAC integration controls, direct solar solutions and comprehensive lighting management software. Our research and 
development expenditures were $1.8 million, $1.9 million and $1.9 million for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010.  

Regulation 

Our operations are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, 
discharge  to  water, the remediation  of  contaminated  properties  and  the  generation,  handling,  storage  transportation, treatment, 
and disposal of, and exposure to, waste and other materials, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and 
safety.  We  believe  that  our  business,  operations,  and  facilities  are  being  operated  in  compliance  in  all  material  respects  with 
applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations.  

State,  county  or  municipal  statutes  often require  that  a  licensed  electrician  be  present  and  supervise each  retrofit  project. 
Further, all installations of electrical fixtures are subject to compliance with electrical codes in virtually all jurisdictions in the 
United  States.  In  cases  where  we  engage  independent  contractors  to  perform  our  retrofit  projects,  we  believe  that  compliance 
with these laws and regulations is the responsibility of the applicable contractor.  

Our Corporate and Other Available Information 

We  were  incorporated  as  a  Wisconsin  corporation  in  April 1996  and  our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  at  2210 
Woodland  Drive,  Manitowoc,  Wisconsin  54220.  Our  Internet  website  address  is  www.oriones.com  .  Our  Annual  Reports  on 
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished 
pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  or  the  Exchange  Act,  are  available 
through  the  investor  relations  page  of  our  internet  website  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  such 
material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.  

Employees 

As  of  March 31,  2010,  we  had  223  full-time  and  part-time  employees.  Our  employees  are  not  represented  by  any  labor 

union, and we have never experienced a work stoppage or strike. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.  

15 

   
Table of Contents 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

You  should  carefully  consider  the  risk  factors  set  forth  below  and  in  other  reports  that  we  file  from  time  to  time  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K . The matters discussed in 
the risk factors, and additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial, could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and future growth prospects and could 
cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. 

Adverse conditions in the global economy and disruption of financial markets have negatively impacted, and could continue 
to negatively impact, our customers, suppliers and business. 

Financial  markets  in  the  United  States,  Europe  and  Asia  have  experienced  extreme  disruption,  including,  among  other 
things, extreme volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, rating downgrades, declines in 
asset valuations, inflation, reduced consumer spending and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. While currently these 
conditions  have  not  impaired  our  ability  to  finance  our  operations,  coupled  with  recessionary  type  economic  conditions,  such 
conditions have adversely affected our customers’ capital budgets, purchasing decisions and facilities managers and, therefore, 
have  adversely  affected  our  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  some  of  our  installer  base  of  contractors  have  stopped  doing 
business  due  to  the  challenging  economic  condition,  which  may  increase  the  cost  and  delay  the  timing  of  installation  of  our 
products  and  thereby  negatively  impact  our  business  and  results  of  operations.  Our  business  and  results  of  operations  will 
continue  to  be  adversely  affected  to  the  extent  these  adverse  financial  market  and  general  economic  conditions  continue  to 
adversely affect our customers’ purchasing decisions and the availability of installers.  

Adverse market conditions have led to increasing duration of customer sales cycles, limitations on customer capital budgets, 
closure of facilities and the loss of key contacts due to workforce reductions at existing and prospective customers. 

The volatility and uncertainty in the financial and credit markets has led many customers to adopt strategies for conserving 
cash, including limits on capital spending and expense reductions. Our HIF lighting systems are often purchased as capital assets 
and  therefore  are  subject  to  capital  availability.  Uncertainty  around  such  availability  has  led  customers  to  delay  purchase 
decisions,  which  has  elongated  the  duration  of  our  sales  cycles.  Along  with  limiting  capital  spending,  some  customers  are 
reducing  expenses  by  closing  facilities  and  reducing  workforces.  As  a  result,  facilities  that  are  considering  our  HIF  lighting 
systems have  closed  or  may  close. Due  to downsizings,  key  contacts and  decision-makers at customers  have lost  or  may  lose 
their jobs, which requires us to re-initiate the sales cycle with personnel, further elongating the sales cycle. We have experienced, 
and may in the future experience, variability in our operating results, on both an annual and a quarterly basis, as a result of these 
factors.  

The acceptance of our Orion Throughput Agreements and/or Orion Virtual Power Plant Agreements could result in a delay 
in revenue realization,  a  mis-match  of expense and revenue recognition, expose  us  to additional customer  credit risk  and 
impact our financial results. 

Our financing programs, the Orion Throughput Agreements, or OTAs, and the Orion Virtual Power Plant, or OVPPs, are 
installment based payment plans for our customers in contrast to our traditional cash terms. These new programs may subject us 
to additional credit risk as we do not have a long history or experience related to longer term credit decision making. Poor credit 
decisions  or  customer  defaults  could  result  in  increases  to  our  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  and/or  write-offs  of  accounts 
receivable and could have material adverse effects on our results of operations and financial condition.  

We recognize all of the selling, general and administrative expenses up front on OTA/OVPP sales while the related revenue 
is recognized on a monthly basis over the life of the contract. This mis-match of expense and revenue recognition can impact our 
near-term profitability. We do retain the option to sell completed OTA/OVPP projects into the secondary market and recognize 
substantially all of the project revenue at the time of sale, but we may choose not to sell completed OTAs/OVPPs to third parties, 
which would have the impact of decreasing our near-term revenue, mis-matching expenses and revenues and creating variability 
in our operating results both on a quarterly and annual basis.  

16 

   
Table of Contents 

We have a limited operating history, and have previously incurred net losses. 

We began operating in April 1996 and first achieved a full fiscal year of profitability in fiscal 2003. However, we incurred 
net losses attributable to common shareholders of $2.3 million and $1.6 million in fiscal 2005 and 2006, respectively, net income 
attributable to common shareholders of $0.4 million, $3.4 million and $0.5 million in fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, 
and a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $4.2 million in fiscal 2010. As a result of our limited operating history, we 
have limited financial data that can be used to evaluate our business, strategies, performance, prospects, revenue or profitability 
potential or an investment in our common stock. Any evaluation of our business and our prospects must be considered in light of 
our limited operating history and the risks and uncertainties encountered by companies at our stage of development and in our 
market.  

Initially, our net losses were principally driven by start-up costs, the costs of developing our technology and research and 
development  costs.  More  recently,  our  net  losses  were  principally  driven  by  increased  sales  and  marketing  and  general  and 
administrative  expenses,  as  well  as  inefficiencies  due  to  excess  manufacturing  capacity  in  fiscal  2005  and  2006  and,  in  fiscal 
2010,  the  recessed  state  of  the  global  economy,  especially  as  it  affected  capital  equipment  manufacturers,  the  associated 
lengthened customer sales cycles and sluggish customer capital spending and the immediate recognition of selling, general and 
administrative expenses and delayed realization of revenue under OTA/OVPP sales. We may continue to incur further net losses, 
and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  increase  our  revenue,  expand  our  customer  base  or  be  profitable. 
Furthermore,  increased  OTA/OVPP  sales  and  the  associated  delay  in  revenue  realization  and  immediate  recognition  of  most 
related  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  as  well  as  increased  cost  of  revenue,  warranty  claims,  stock-based 
compensation costs or interest expense on our outstanding debt and on any debt that we incur in the future could contribute to 
further net losses.  

Our addition of new renewable energy technologies into our product, application and service offerings involves many risks 
and  uncertainties.  Many  technologies  do  not  become  commercially  profitable  products,  applications  or  services  despite 
extensive development and commercialization efforts. 

In fiscal 2010, we began to expand our product and service offerings by providing our customers with alternative renewable 
energy systems, such as photovoltaic solar systems and, potentially, wind energy systems through our Orion Engineered Systems 
division. This division continues to conduct research on various additional renewable energy technologies that we may be able to 
add to our menu of products, applications and services offered, making recommendations to our senior management regarding 
the technologies’ viability and developing commercialization tactics.  

The process of developing and commercializing new products, applications and services, particularly relating to alternative 
renewable energy systems, is expected to be both time-consuming and costly and will involve a high degree of business risk. We 
may be unable to successfully develop or commercialize new technologies in the form of new products, applications or services. 
This process may involve substantial expenditures in research and development, sourcing and marketing. Commercialization of 
new technological products, applications and services often requires a very long lead time. Because it is generally not possible to 
predict  the  amount  of  time  required  or  the  costs  involved  in  achieving  new  product,  application  or  service  introduction 
objectives,  actual  development  and  commercialization  costs  may  exceed  budgeted  amounts  and  estimated  development  and 
commercialization schedules may be extended. Developing new technological products, applications and services, and creating 
effective commercialization strategies for new renewable energy technologies, are subject to inherent risks that may include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

  Unanticipated and/or substantial delays; 

  Unanticipated and/or substantially increased costs; 

  Unrecoverable and/or substantially increased expenses; 

  Technical, reliability, durability or quality problems, including potential warranty and/or product liability claims; 

  Insufficiency of dedicated or budgeted funds; 

  Inability to meet targeted cost or performance objectives; 

  Inability to satisfy industry standards or consumer expectations and needs; 

  Regulatory obstacles; 

  Competition; 

  Inability to prove the original concept; 

  Lack of demand; and 

  Diversion of our management’s and employees’ focus and/or attention. 

17 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The occurrence of any one or more of these risks could cause us to incur substantial costs and expenses or even to abandon 
or substantially delay or change our strategy of exploring the addition of new alternative renewable energy technologies into our 
product, application and service offerings.  

Orion  Engineered  Systems  may  not  be  able  to  identify  suitable  new  technologies,  we  may  invest  too  much  in  new 
technologies,  our  management  could  be  distracted  by  new  technologies  and  we  could  fail  to  develop  any  new  products, 
applications or services successfully. 

Identifying  suitable  new  alternative  renewable  energy  technologies  for  addition  into  our  product,  application  and  service 
offerings may be difficult, and the failure to do so could harm our growth strategy. If we make an investment in one or more new 
alternative renewable energy technologies, then we could have difficulty developing and commercializing it or integrating it into 
our product, application or service offerings. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and 
employees  and  increase  our  expenses  and/or  capital  expenditures.  As  a  result,  our  failure  to  fully  develop  and  commercialize 
potential new alternative renewable energy technologies or to integrate them effectively into our product, application and service 
offerings properly could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.  

We  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  additional  equity  capital  or  debt  financing  necessary  to  effectively  introduce  and 
commercialize any new alternative renewable energy technologies identified by Orion Engineered Systems into our product, 
application and service offerings. 

Our  existing  capital  resources  may  not  be  sufficient  to  effectively  introduce  and  commercialize  any  new  alternative 
renewable energy technologies identified by Orion Engineered Systems into our product, application and service offerings. We 
may not be able to obtain sufficient additional equity capital and/or debt financing required to do so or we may not be able to 
obtain such additional equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms or conditions. Although we have been successful in 
the  past  in  raising  equity  capital  and  debt  financing,  recent  trends  in  the  equity  and  debt  markets  and  our  recent  financial 
performance may pose significant challenges for us. Factors affecting the availability to us of equity capital or debt financing on 
acceptable terms and conditions include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

  The price, volatility and trading volume and history of our common stock. 

  Our current and future financial results and position, including our recent losses generated from operations. 

  The market’s view of our industry and products. 

  The  perception  in  the  equity  and  debt  markets  of  our  ability  to  execute  our  business  plan  or  achieve  our  operating 

results expectations. 

We have no significant operating history in the solar photovoltaic or wind energy industries that can be used to evaluate our 
potential prospects for success in these industries. 

In fiscal 2010, we began to expand our product and service offerings by providing our customers with alternative renewable 
energy systems, such as photovoltaic solar systems and, potentially, wind energy systems through our Orion Engineered Systems 
division. Our Orion Engineered Systems division began researching three test solar photovoltaic electricity generating projects, 
completing our test analysis on two of the three in the third quarter, and we executed our first cash sale and our first PPA as a 
result of the successful testing of these systems. Our Orion Engineered Systems division continues to conduct research on solar 
photovoltaic  and  wind  energy  and  various  other  renewable  energy  technologies  that  we  may  be  able  to  add  to  our  menu  of 
products, applications and services offered.  

18 

   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

We have no prior history or experience in the solar photovoltaic or wind energy industries. If we continue to further pursue 
adding these technologies into our product, application or service offerings, there can be no assurance that our venture into these 
industries will prove successful. We have no history or experience in developing or commercializing solar photovoltaic or wind 
energy  technologies  that  can  be  used  to  evaluate  our  potential  prospects  for  success.  As  a  result,  our  prospects  for  success  in 
being able to introduce new products, applications or services using these technologies must be considered in the context of a 
new company in a developing industry. The risks we face include the possibility that we will not be successful in developing or 
commercializing any such technologies, that we will not be able to do so without incurring unexpected and/or substantial costs 
and  expenses  and/or  failing  to  generate  any  substantial  incremental  revenues,  that  we  will  not  be  able  to  rely  on  third-party 
manufacturers  or  providers  of  such  technologies,  and  that  we  will  not  be  able  to  operate  successfully  in  the  competitive 
environment of the solar photovoltaic and/or wind energy industries. If we are unable to address all of these risks, our business, 
results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.  

Orion Engineered System’s pursuit of solar photovoltaic and/or wind electricity generating technologies is subject to risks 
specific to the solar photovoltaic and/or wind industry. 

If we  elect to  continue  to  pursue  expanding  our  offerings of  solar  photovoltaic electricity  generating  technologies  and/or 
wind  electricity  generating  technologies  into  our  product,  application  or  service  offerings,  such  business  pursuits  will  involve 
risks specifically associated with the solar photovoltaic and/or wind industry, including:  

• 

  The  market  for  photovoltaic  and  wind  electricity  generating  technologies  has  been  adversely  affected  by  the 

recessionary economic conditions, and we cannot guarantee that demand will return or increase in the future. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

  A variety of solar power, wind power and other renewable energy technologies may be currently under development 
by other companies that could result in higher or more effective product performance than the performance expected to 
be produced by any technology that we decide to offer. 

  Our  ability  to  generate  revenue  and  profitability  from  adding  solar  photovoltaic  and/or  wind  electricity  generating 
technologies  into  our  product,  application  or  service  offerings  will  be  dependent  on  consumer  acceptance  and  the 
economic feasibility of solar and/or wind generated energy. 

  A drop in the retail price of conventional energy or other alternate renewable energy sources may negatively impact 
our ability to generate revenue and profitability from solar photovoltaic and/or wind generated energy technologies. 

  The  reduction,  elimination  or  expiration  of  government  mandates  and  subsidies  or  economic  or  tax  rebates,  credits 
and/or  incentives  for  alternative  renewable  energy  systems  would  likely  substantially  reduce  the  demand  for,  and 
economic feasibility of, any solar photovoltaic and/or wind electricity generating products, applications or services and 
could  materially  reduce  any  prospects  for  our  successfully  introducing  any  new  products,  applications  or  services 
using such technologies. 

As our sales mix changes, it may impact our profitability. 

If,  as  we  expect,  our  sales  under  the  OTAs/OVPPs  represent  a  larger  portion  of  our  total  sales,  then  our  near-term 
profitability may continue to be negatively affected. We recognize most of the selling, general and administrative expenses up 
front  on  OTA/OVPP  sales  while  the  related  revenue  is  recognized  on  a  monthly  basis  over  the  life  of  the  contract.  This  has 
adversely impacted, and may continue to adversely impact our near-term profitability. We do retain the option to sell completed 
OTA/OVPP projects into the secondary market and recognize substantially all of the project revenue at the time of sale, but we 
may choose not to sell completed OTA/OVPP programs to third parties, which would have the impact of decreasing our near-
term revenue and creating variability in our operating results both on a quarterly and annual basis.  

Increasing use of our OTA/OVPP financing programs could expose us to financing risk and additional customer credit risk 
and impact our financial results. 

If, as we  expect, use of our  OTA  and OVPP  financing programs increases, we  may be  exposed to  additional  capital  and 
customer credit risk that could impact our financial results. Our OTAs and OVPPs are structured similarly to a supply contract 
under which we commit to deliver a set amount of energy savings to the customer at a fixed monthly rate. Our OTAs and OVPPs 
allow customers to deploy our energy management systems without having to make upfront investments or capital outlays. After 
the  pre-determined  amount  of  energy  savings  are  delivered,  our  customers  assume  full  ownership  of  the  energy  management 
system and benefit from the entire amount of energy savings over the remaining useful life of the technology.  

19 

   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

These  agreements  and  their  increased  use  will  require  us  to  make  significant  investments  of  capital,  whether  we  finance 
them  internally  or  raise  debt  or  additional  equity  capital  to  support  the  expansion.  We  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  sufficient 
additional equity capital and/or debt financing required to expand the OTA/OVPP programs or we may not be able to obtain such 
additional equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms or conditions. Although we have been successful in the past in 
raising equity capital and debt financing, recent trends in the equity and debt markets and our recent financial performance may 
pose  significant  challenges  for  us.  Because  of  our  recent  net  losses,  we  do  not  fit  traditional  credit  lending  criteria,  which,  in 
particular,  could  make  it  difficult  for  us  to  obtain  loans  or  to  access  the  capital  markets.  Any  national  economic  downturn  or 
disruption  of  financial  markets  could  reduce  our  access  to  capital  necessary  for  these  programs.  The  agreements  and  their 
increased use also may subject us to additional credit risk as we do not have a long history or experience related to longer term 
credit  decision  making.  Poor  credit  decisions  or  customer  defaults  could  result  in  increases  to  our  allowances  for  doubtful 
accounts  and/or  write-offs  of  accounts  receivable  and  could  have  material  adverse  effects  on  our  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition.  

We operate in a highly competitive industry and if we are unable to compete successfully our revenue and profitability will 
be adversely affected. 

We face strong competition primarily from manufacturers and distributors of energy management products and services, as 
well  as  from  electrical  contractors.  We  compete  primarily  on  the  basis  of  customer  relationships,  price,  quality,  energy 
efficiency,  customer  service  and  marketing  support.  Our  products  are  in  direct  competition  primarily  with  high  intensity 
discharge,  or  HID,  technology,  as  well  as  LED,  other  HIF  products  and  older  fluorescent  technology  in  the  lighting  systems 
retrofit market.  

Many  of  our  competitors  are  better  capitalized  than  we  are,  have  strong  existing  customer  relationships,  greater  name 
recognition,  and  more  extensive  engineering,  manufacturing,  sales  and  marketing  capabilities.  Competitors  could  focus  their 
substantial  resources  on  developing  a  competing  business  model  or  energy  management  products  or  services  that  may  be 
potentially more attractive to customers than our products or services. In addition, we may face competition from other products 
or technologies that reduce demand for electricity. Our competitors may also offer energy management products and services at 
reduced prices in order to improve their competitive positions. Any of these competitive factors could make it more difficult for 
us  to  attract  and  retain  customers,  require  us  to  lower  our  prices  in  order  to  remain  competitive,  and  reduce  our  revenue  and 
profitability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.  

Our  success  is  largely  dependent  upon  the  skills,  experience  and  efforts  of  our  senior  management,  and  the  loss  of  their 
services could have a material adverse effect on our ability to expand our business or to maintain profitable operations. 

Our  continued  success  depends  upon  the  continued  availability,  contributions,  skills,  experience  and  effort  of  our  senior 
management.  We  are  particularly  dependent  on  the  services  of  Neal  R.  Verfuerth,  our  chairman,  chief  executive  officer  and 
principal founder. Mr. Verfuerth has major responsibilities with respect to sales, engineering, product development and executive 
administration.  We  do  not  have  a formal succession plan in place  for Mr. Verfuerth.  Our current employment  agreement with 
Mr. Verfuerth does not guarantee his services for a specified period of time. All of the current employment agreements with our 
senior management team may be terminated by the employee at any time and without notice. While all such agreements include 
noncompetition and confidentiality covenants, there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforceable or adequately 
protect us. The loss of the services of any of these persons might impede our operations or the achievement of our strategic and 
financial  objectives,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  attract  and  retain  individuals  with  the  same  or  similar  level  of  experience  or 
expertise.  Additionally,  while  we  have  key  man  insurance  on  the  lives  of  Mr. Verfuerth  and  other  members  of  our  senior 
management team, such insurance may not adequately compensate us for the loss of these individuals. The loss or interruption of 
the service of members of our senior management, particularly Mr. Verfuerth, or our inability to attract or retain other qualified 
personnel  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  expand  our  business,  implement  our  strategy  or  achieve 
profitable operations.  

The success of our business depends on the market acceptance of our energy management products and services. 

Our future success depends on commercial acceptance of our energy management products and services. If we are unable to 
convince current and potential customers of the advantages of our HIF lighting systems and energy management products and 
services,  then  our  ability  to  sell  our  HIF  lighting  systems  and  energy  management  products  and  services  will  be  limited.  In 
addition, because the market for energy management products and services is rapidly evolving, we may not be able to accurately 
assess the size of the market, and we may have limited insight into trends that may emerge and affect our business. If the market 
for our HIF lighting systems and energy management products and services does not continue to develop, or if the market does 
not accept our products, then our ability to grow our business could be limited and we may not be able to increase our revenue or 
achieve profitability.  

20 

   
Table of Contents 

Our  products  use  components  and  raw  materials  that  may  be  subject  to  price  fluctuations,  shortages  or  interruptions  of 
supply. 

We  may  be  vulnerable  to  price  increases  for  components  or  raw  materials  that  we  require  for  our  products,  including 
aluminum, ballasts, power supplies and lamps. In particular, our cost of aluminum can be subject to commodity price fluctuation. 
Further, suppliers’ inventories of certain components that our products require may be limited and are subject to acquisition by 
others.  We  have  had  to  purchase  quantities  of  certain  components  that  are  critical  to  our  product  manufacturing  and  were  in 
excess  of  our  estimated  near-term  requirements  as  a  result  of  supplier  delivery  constraints  and  concerns  over  component 
availability, and we may need to do so in the future. As a result, we have had, and may need to continue, to devote additional 
working  capital  to  support  a  large  amount  of  component  and  raw  material  inventory  that  may  not  be  used  over  a  reasonable 
period to produce saleable products, and we may be required to increase our excess and obsolete inventory reserves to provide 
for  these  excess  quantities,  particularly  if  demand  for  our  products  does  not  meet  our  expectations.  Also,  any  shortages  or 
interruptions in supply of our components or raw materials could disrupt our operations. If any of these events occurs, our results 
of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.  

We depend on a limited number of key suppliers. 

We  depend  on  certain  key  suppliers  for  the  raw  materials  and  key  components  that  we  require  for  our  current  products, 
including sheet, coiled and specialty reflective aluminum, power supplies, ballasts and lamps. In particular, we buy most of our 
specialty  reflective  aluminum  from  a  single  supplier  and  we  also  purchase  most  of  our  ballast  and  lamp  components  from  a 
single supplier. Purchases of components from our current primary ballast and lamp supplier constituted 19% and 27% of our 
total cost of revenue in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively. If these components become unavailable, or our relationships 
with suppliers become strained, particularly as relates to our primary suppliers, our results of operations and financial condition 
could be materially adversely affected.  

We  experienced  component  quality  problems  related  to  certain  suppliers  in  the  past,  and  our  current  suppliers  may  not 
deliver satisfactory components in the future. 

In fiscal 2003 through fiscal 2005, we experienced higher than normal failure rates with certain components purchased from 
two suppliers. These quality issues led to an increase in warranty claims from our customers and we recorded warranty expenses 
of approximately $0.1 million and $0.7 million in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, respectively. We may experience quality problems 
with suppliers in the future, which could decrease our gross margin and profitability, lengthen our sales cycles, adversely affect 
our  customer  relations  and  future  sales  prospects  and  subject  our  business  to  negative  publicity.  Additionally,  we  sometimes 
satisfy warranty claims even if they are not covered by our general warranty policy as a customer accommodation. If we were to 
experience  quality  problems  with  the  ballasts  or  lamps  purchased  from  our  primary  ballast  and  lamp  supplier,  these  adverse 
consequences could be magnified, and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.  

We have made a significant investment in inventory related to our wireless controls product offering, which is costly and, if 
not  properly  managed,  may  result  in  an  inability  to  provide  our  products  on  a  timely  basis  or  in  unforeseen  valuation 
adjustments. 

Our wireless control inventories are approximately 50% of our total March 31, 2010 inventory balance. The components for 
our wireless inventories are manufactured and assembled overseas, require longer delivery lead times, suppliers require deposit 
payments at time of purchase order and suppliers also require volume commitments to secure production capacity. We maintain 
this significant investment in our wireless controls inventory in order to provide prompt and complete service to our customers. 
There  can  be  no  guarantees  that  our  customers  will  purchase  our  wireless  technologies  or  that  unforeseen  evolutions  in 
technologies may render our inventories unsalable. Additionally, price changes or other circumstances could result in unforeseen 
valuation  adjustments  to  inventories.  Such  occurrences  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  results  of  operations and  financial 
condition.  

We depend upon a limited number of customers in any given period to generate a substantial portion of our revenue. 

We do not have long-term contracts with our customers, and our dependence on individual key customers can vary from 
period to period as a result of the significant size of some of our retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects. Our top 10 customers 
accounted for approximately 36% and 29%, respectively, of our total revenue for fiscal 2009 and 2010. Coca-Cola Enterprises 
Inc.  accounted  for  approximately  17%  of  our  total  revenue  for  fiscal  2008.  In  fiscal  2009  and  fiscal  2010,  our  top  customer 
accounted for less than 7% and 6% of our total revenues, respectively. We expect large retrofit and roll-out projects to become a 
greater component of  our  total  revenue  in  the  near  term.  As  a result,  we may experience  more  customer concentration  in  any 
given  future  period.  The  loss  of,  or  substantial  reduction  in  sales  to,  any  of  our  significant  customers  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations in any given future period.  

21 

   
Table of Contents 

Product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We face exposure to product liability claims in the event that our energy management products fail to perform as expected 
or  cause  bodily  injury  or  property  damage.  Since  the  majority  of  our  products  use  electricity,  it  is  possible  that  our  products 
could result in injury, whether by product malfunctions, defects, improper installation or other causes. Particularly because our 
products often incorporate new technologies or designs, we cannot predict whether or not product liability claims will be brought 
against us in the future or result in negative publicity about our business or adversely affect our customer relations. Moreover, we 
may not have adequate resources in the event of a successful claim against us. A successful product liability claim against us that 
is not  covered by  insurance or is in  excess of our  available  insurance  limits  could require  us  to make  significant payments of 
damages and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.  

We depend on our ability to develop new products and services. 

The market for our products and services is characterized by rapid market and technological changes, uncertain product life 
cycles, changes in customer demands and evolving government, industry and utility standards and regulations. As a result, our 
future success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to design and manufacture new products and services. We may not 
be  able  to  successfully  develop  and  market  new  products  or  services  that  keep  pace  with  technological  or  industry  changes, 
satisfy changes in customer demands or comply with present or emerging government and industry regulations and technology 
standards.  

We may pursue acquisitions and investments in new product lines, businesses or technologies that involve numerous risks, 
which could disrupt our business or adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

In the future, we may make acquisitions of, or investments in, new product lines, businesses or technologies to expand our 
current capabilities. We have limited experience in making such acquisitions or investments. Acquisitions present a number of 
potential  risks  and  challenges  that  could  disrupt  our  business  operations,  increase  our  operating  costs  or  capital  expenditure 
requirements  and  reduce  the  value  of  the  acquired  product  line,  business  or  technology.  For  example,  if  we  identify  an 
acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms. The process of 
negotiating  acquisitions  and  integrating  acquired  products,  services,  technologies,  personnel,  or  businesses  might  result  in 
significant  transaction  costs,  operating  difficulties  or  unexpected  expenditures,  and  might  require  significant  management 
attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our business. If we are successful in consummating an 
acquisition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  integrate  the  acquired  product  line,  business  or  technology  into  our  existing  business  and 
products, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any acquisition. Furthermore, potential acquisitions and investments 
may divert our management’s attention, require considerable cash outlays and require substantial additional expenses that could 
harm  our  existing  operations  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  To  complete  future 
acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent liabilities or incur amortization expenses and write-
downs of acquired assets, which could dilute the interests of our shareholders or adversely affect our profitability.  

We are currently subject to securities class action litigation, the unfavorable outcome of which may have a material adverse 
effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

In  February  and  March 2008,  purported  class  action  lawsuits  were  filed  against  us,  certain  of  our  executive  officers,  all 
members of our then existing Board of Directors and certain underwriters from our December 2007 initial public offering of our 
common stock by investors alleging violations of the Securities Act of 1933. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we reached a 
preliminary  agreement  to  settle  the  class  action  lawsuits.  The  preliminary  settlement  is  subject,  however,  to  approval  by  the 
court,  as  well  as  other  conditions.  If  the  preliminary  settlement  is  not  approved  or  the  other  conditions  are  not  met,  we  will 
continue  to  defend  the  lawsuits  and  we  believe  we  have  substantial  legal  and  factual  defenses  to  each  of  the  claims  in  the 
lawsuits.  If  not  settled,  the ultimate  outcome  of  the  litigation is difficult  to predict  and  quantify, and the defense against  such 
claims or actions could be costly. In addition to decreasing sales and profitability, diverting financial and management resources 
and  general  business  disruption,  we  may  suffer  from  adverse  publicity  that  could  harm  our  brand,  regardless  of  whether  the 
allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately held liable. A judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage for 
any claims or a judgment which is not covered by insurance could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results 
of  operations  and  cash  flows.  Additionally,  publicity  about  these  claims  may  harm  our  reputation  or  prospects  and  adversely 
affect our results.  

22 

   
Table of Contents 

Our  inability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property,  or  our  involvement  in  damaging  and  disruptive  intellectual  property 
litigation, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use of the 
product or service. 

We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret 
laws, as well as third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of 
our  intellectual  property  rights  for  any  reason  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition.  

We  own  United  States  patents  and  patent  applications  for  some  of  our  products,  systems,  business  methods  and 
technologies. We offer no assurance about the degree of protection which existing or future patents may afford us. Likewise, we 
offer  no  assurance  that  our  patent  applications  will  result  in  issued  patents,  that  our  patents  will  be  upheld  if  challenged,  that 
competitors  will  not  develop  similar  or  superior  business  methods  or  products  outside  the  protection  of  our  patents,  that 
competitors will not infringe our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Because some patent 
applications are maintained in secrecy for a period of time, we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a pending patent 
application, and such technology could infringe a third party patent.  

We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar 
technology or otherwise learn of our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we 
generally require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure 
you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in 
the  event  of  any  unauthorized  use,  misappropriation  or  disclosure  of  such  trade  secrets,  know-how  or  other  proprietary 
information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our business could be materially adversely 
affected.  

We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our company and our products and services from 
our  competitors.  Some  of  our  trademarks  may  conflict  with  trademarks  of  other  companies.  Failure  to  obtain  trademark 
registrations  could  limit  our  ability  to  protect  our  trademarks  and  impede  our  sales  and  marketing  efforts.  Further,  we  cannot 
assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.  

In addition, third parties may bring infringement and other claims that could be time-consuming and expensive to defend. In 
addition,  parties  making  infringement  and  other  claims  may  be  able  to  obtain  injunctive  or  other  equitable  relief  that  could 
effectively  block  our  ability  to  provide  our  products,  services  or  business  methods  and  could  cause  us  to  pay  substantial 
damages.  In  the  event  of  a  successful  claim  of  infringement,  we  may  need  to  obtain  one  or  more  licenses  from  third  parties, 
which may not be available at a reasonable cost, or at all. It is possible that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or 
that  we  may  infringe  existing  or  future  proprietary  rights  of  others.  Any  successful  infringement  claims  could  subject  us  to 
significant  liabilities,  require  us  to  seek  licenses  on  unfavorable  terms,  prevent  us  from  manufacturing  or  selling  products, 
services and business methods and require us to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims, re-brand our company or products, 
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.  

We may face additional competition if government subsidies and utility incentives for renewable energy increase or if such 
sources of energy are mandated. 

Many  states  and  the  federal  government  have  adopted  a  variety  of  government  subsidies  and  utility  incentives  to  allow 
renewable  energy  sources,  such  as  biofuels,  wind  and  solar  energy,  to  compete  with  currently  less  expensive  conventional 
sources  of  energy,  such  as  fossil  fuels.  We  may  face  additional  competition  from  providers  of  renewable  energy  sources  if 
government  subsidies  and  utility  incentives  for  those  sources  of  energy  increase  or  if  such  sources  of  energy  are  mandated. 
Additionally,  the  availability  of  subsidies  and  other  incentives  from  utilities  or  government  agencies  to  install  alternative 
renewable energy sources may negatively impact our customers’ desire to purchase our products and services, or may be utilized 
by our existing or new competitors to develop a competing business model or products or services that may be potentially more 
attractive  to  customers  than  ours,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  or  financial 
condition.  

23 

   
Table of Contents 

If our information technology systems fail, or if we experience an interruption in their operation, then our business, results 
of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. 

The  efficient  operation  of  our  business  is  dependent  on  our  information  technology  systems.  We  rely  on  those  systems 
generally to manage the day-to-day operation of our business, manage relationships with our customers, maintain our research 
and  development  data  and  maintain  our  financial  and  accounting  records.  We  are  in  the  process  of  replacing  our  existing 
enterprise  resource  planning,  or  ERP,  system.  Our  ERP  implementation  project  has  consumed,  and  will  likely  continue  to 
consume, significant business resources, including personnel and financial resources, and is not yet complete. The failure of our 
information  technology  systems,  our  inability  to  successfully  maintain,  enhance  and/or  replace  our  information  technology 
systems, or any compromise of the integrity or security of the data we generate from our information technology systems, could 
adversely affect our results of operations, disrupt our business and product development and make us unable, or severely limit 
our  ability,  to  respond  to  customer  demands.  In  addition,  our  information  technology  systems  are  vulnerable  to  damage  or 
interruption from:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

  earthquake, fire, flood and other natural disasters; 

  employee or other theft; 

  attacks by computer viruses or hackers; 

  power outages; and 

  computer systems, internet, telecommunications or data network failure. 

Any interruption of our information technology systems  could result in decreased revenue,  increased  expenses, increased 
capital expenditures, customer dissatisfaction and potential lawsuits, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our 
results of operations or financial condition.  

We  own  and  operate  an  industrial  property  that  we  purchased  in  2004  and,  if  any  environmental  contamination  is 
discovered, we could be responsible for remediation of the property. 

We  own  our  manufacturing  and  distribution  facility  located  at  an  industrial  site.  We  purchased  this  property  from  an 
adjacent aluminum rolling mill and cookware manufacturing facility in 2004. The company that previously owned this facility 
has subsequently become insolvent and the facility was sold at a foreclosure sale to a new owner. Accordingly, if environmental 
contamination  is  discovered  at  our  facility  and  we  are  required  to  remediate  the  property,  we  would  likely  have  no  effective 
recourse  against  the  prior  owners.  Any  such  potential  remediation  could  be  costly  and  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations or financial condition.  

The cost of compliance with environmental laws and regulations and any related environmental liabilities could adversely 
affect our results of operations or financial condition. 

Our operations are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, 
discharge  to  water, the remediation  of  contaminated  properties  and  the  generation,  handling,  storage,  transportation,  treatment 
and disposal of, and exposure to, waste and other materials, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and 
safety. These laws and regulations frequently change, and the violation of these laws or regulations can lead to substantial fines, 
penalties  and  other  liabilities.  The  operation  of  our  manufacturing  facility  entails  risks  in  these  areas  and  there  can  be  no 
assurance that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in the future which could adversely affect our results of operations or 
financial condition.  

Our retrofitting process frequently involves responsibility for the removal and disposal of components containing hazardous 
materials. 

When  we  retrofit  a  customer’s  facility,  we  typically  assume  responsibility  for  removing  and  disposing  of  its  existing 
lighting fixtures. Certain components of these fixtures typically contain trace amounts of mercury and other hazardous materials. 
Older components may also contain trace amounts of polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs. We currently rely on contractors to 
remove  the  components  containing  such  hazardous  materials  at  the  customer  job  site.  The  contractors  then  arrange  for  the 
disposal of such components at a licensed disposal facility. Failure by such contractors to remove or dispose of the components 
containing these hazardous materials in a safe, effective and lawful manner could give rise to liability for us, or could expose our 
workers or other persons to these hazardous materials, which could result in claims against us.  

24 

   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

We expect our quarterly revenue and operating results to fluctuate. If we fail to meet the expectations of market analysts or 
investors,  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  could  decline  substantially,  and  we  could  become  subject  to  additional 
securities litigation. 

Our quarterly revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and will likely vary from quarter to quarter in the 
future. You should not rely upon the results of one quarter as an indication of our future performance. Our revenue and operating 
results may fall below the  expectations of market  analysts  or investors in  some future quarter or  quarters. Our failure  to meet 
these expectations could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially. If the price of our common stock is 
volatile  or  falls  significantly  below  our  current  price,  we  may  be  the  target  of  additional  securities  litigation.  If  we  become 
involved  in  this  type  of  litigation,  regardless  of  the  outcome,  we  could  incur  substantial  legal  costs,  management’s  attention 
could be  diverted  from the operation  of  our  business,  and  our  reputation could  be  damaged, which  could  adversely affect our 
business, results of operations or financial condition.  

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards will be subject to limitation. 

As of March 31, 2010, we had aggregate federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $14.5 million and state 
net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $8.4 million.  Generally,  a  change  of  more  than  50%  in  the  ownership  of  a 
company’s  stock,  by  value,  over  a  three-year  period  constitutes  an  ownership  change  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  An 
ownership  change  may  limit  a  company’s  ability  to  use  its  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  attributable  to  the  period  prior  to 
such change. We believe that past issuances and transfers of our stock caused an ownership change in fiscal 2007 that may affect 
the timing of the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, but we do not believe the ownership change affects the use of the 
full  amount  of  our  net  operating  loss  carryforwards.  As  a  result,  our  ability  to  use  our  net  operating  loss  carryforwards 
attributable to the period  prior  to such ownership change to offset taxable income will be subject to limitations in a particular 
year,  which  could potentially  result  in  increased future  tax  liability for  us. In  fiscal  2008,  utilization of  our  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards was limited to $3.0 million. For fiscal 2009 and 2010, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards was not 
limited.  

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, 
our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The  trading  market  for  our  common  stock  will  continue  to  depend  in  part  on  the  research  and  reports  that  securities  or 
industry analysts publish about us or our business. If these analysts do not continue to provide adequate research coverage or if 
one  or  more  of  the  analysts  who  covers  us  downgrades  our  stock  or  publishes  inaccurate  or  unfavorable  research  about  our 
business,  our  stock  price  would  likely  decline.  If  one  or  more  of  these  analysts  ceases  coverage  of  our  company  or  fails  to 
publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to 
decline.  

The market price of our common stock could be adversely affected by future sales of our common stock in the public market 
by our executive officers and directors. 

Our  executive  officers  and  directors  may  from  time  to  time  sell  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  public  market  or 
otherwise.  We  cannot  predict  the  size  or  the  effect,  if  any,  that  future  sales  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  by  our  executive 
officers and directors, or the perception of such sales, would have on the market price of our common stock.  

Anti-takeover  provisions  included  in  the  Wisconsin  Business  Corporation  Law,  provisions  in  our  amended  and  restated 
articles  of  incorporation  or  bylaws  and  the  common  share  purchase  rights  that  accompany  shares  of  our  common  stock 
could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock 
and  may  prevent  or  frustrate  attempts  by  our  shareholders  to  replace  or  remove  our  current  board  of  directors  or 
management. 

A  change  of  control  of  our  company  may  be  discouraged,  delayed  or  prevented  by  certain  provisions  of  the  Wisconsin 
Business  Corporation  Law.  These  provisions  generally  restrict  a  broad  range  of  business  combinations  between  a  Wisconsin 
corporation and a shareholder owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our amended 
and restated articles of incorporation, including our staggered board of directors and our ability to issue “blank check” preferred 
stock,  as  well  as  the  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  bylaws  and  Wisconsin  law,  could  make  it  more  difficult  for 
shareholders  or potential  acquirers  to  obtain  control  of  our  board  of  directors  or  initiate  actions  that  are  opposed  by  the  then-
current board of directors, including to delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company.  

Each  currently  outstanding share of our common  stock  includes,  and each  newly issued share of our common  stock  will 
include, a common share purchase right. The rights are attached to and trade with the shares of common stock and generally are 
not exercisable. The rights will become exercisable if a person or group acquires, or announces an intention to acquire, 20% or 
more of our outstanding common stock. The rights have some anti-takeover effects and generally will cause substantial dilution 
to a person or group that attempts to acquire control of us without conditioning the offer on either redemption of the rights or 
amendment of the rights to prevent this dilution. The rights could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of 
control.  

In addition, our employment arrangements with senior management provide for severance payments and accelerated vesting 
of benefits, including accelerated vesting of stock options, upon a change of control. These provisions could limit the price that 
investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby adversely affecting the market price of 
our common stock. These provisions may also discourage or prevent a change of control or result in a lower price per share paid 
to our shareholders.  

25 

   
Table of Contents 

We may fail to comply with the financial and operating covenants in our credit agreement, which could result in our being 
unable to borrow under the agreement and other negative consequences. 

The  credit  agreement  that  we  and  one  of  our  subsidiaries  entered  into  with  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association, 
contains certain financial covenants including minimum net income requirements and requirements that we maintain net worth 
ratios  at  prescribed  levels.  The  credit  agreement  also  contains  certain  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  make  capital  or  lease 
expenditures over prescribed limits, incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, guarantee obligations of third parties, 
make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on our stock, redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or 
pledge  assets.  The  credit  agreement  also  contains  other  customary  covenants.  As  of  March 31,  2010,  we  had  no  borrowings 
outstanding under the credit agreement.  

There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the financial and other covenants in the credit agreement. 
Our failure to comply with these covenants could cause us to be unable to borrow under the agreement and may constitute an 
event  of  default  which,  if  not  cured  or  waived,  could  result  in  the  acceleration  of  the  maturity  of  any  indebtedness  then 
outstanding under the agreement, which would require us to pay all amounts outstanding. Due to our cash and cash equivalent 
position and the fact that we have no borrowings currently outstanding, we do not currently anticipate that our failure to comply 
with the covenants under the credit agreement would have a significant impact on our ability to meet our financial obligations in 
the  near  term.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  such  covenants,  however,  would  be  a  disclosable  event  and  may  be  perceived 
negatively. Such perception could adversely affect the market price for our common stock and our ability to obtain financing in 
the future.  

ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.  

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES 

We own our approximately 266,000 square foot manufacturing and distribution facility in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. We own 
our  newly  constructed  approximately  70,000  square  foot  technology  center  and  corporate  headquarters  adjacent  to  our 
Manitowoc manufacturing and distribution facility. We own our approximately 23,000 square foot sales and operations support 
facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin.  

ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We  are  subject  to  various  claims  and  legal  proceedings  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  In  addition  to 

ordinary-course litigation, we are a party to the litigation described below.  

In  February  and  March 2008,  three  class  action  lawsuits  were  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Southern 
District  of  New  York  against  us,  several  of  our  officers,  all  members  of  our  then  existing  board  of  directors,  and  certain 
underwriters  from  our  December 2007  IPO.  The  plaintiffs  claimed  to  represent  certain  persons  who  purchased  shares  of  our 
common  stock  from  December 18,  2007  through  February 6,  2008.  The  plaintiffs  alleged,  among  other  things,  that  the 
defendants made misstatements and failed to disclose material information in our IPO registration statement and prospectus. The 
complaints  alleged  various  claims  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended.  The  complaints  sought,  among  other  relief, 
class certification, unspecified damages, fees, and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper.  

On August 1, 2008, the court-appointed lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint in the United States District 
Court for the Southern District of New York. On September 15, 2008, we and the other director and officer defendants filed a 
motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint and the underwriters filed a separate motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint 
on January 16, 2009. After oral argument on August 19, 2009, the court granted in part and denied in part the motion to dismiss. 
The  plaintiff  filed a second consolidated amended complaint  on  September 4, 2009, and  the defendants filed an answer to the 
complaint on October 9, 2009.  

26 

   
Table of Contents 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we  reached  a  preliminary  agreement to settle  the  class  action lawsuits. Although the 
preliminary settlement is subject to approval by the court, as well as other conditions, it is expected to provide for the dismissal 
of the consolidated action against all defendants. Substantially all of the proposed preliminary settlement amount will be covered 
by our insurance. However, for our share of the proposed preliminary settlement not covered by insurance, we recorded an after-
tax charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 of approximately $0.02 per share.  

If  the  preliminary  settlement  is  not  approved  or  the  other  conditions  are  not  met,  we  will  continue  to  defend  against  the 
lawsuits. We believe that we and the other defendants have substantial legal and factual defenses to the claims and allegations 
contained in the consolidated complaint, and if necessary, we would intend to pursue these defenses vigorously. There can be no 
assurance, however, that we would be successful, and an adverse resolution of the lawsuits could have a material adverse effect 
on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In addition, although we carry insurance for these types of claims, 
a judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage or any costs, claims or judgment which are disputed or not covered 
by insurance could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. If the preliminary 
settlement is not approved or the other conditions are not met, we are not presently able to reasonably estimate potential costs 
and/or losses, if any, related to the lawsuits.  

ITEM 4.   REMOVED AND RESERVED 

ITEM 5.   MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  SHAREHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Price Range of our Common Stock 

Our  common  stock has been listed  on  the  NYSE  Amex  under the symbol  “OESX” since  April 6, 2010.  Prior  to April 6, 
2010, our common stock had been listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “OESX” since December 19, 2007. 
The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share as reported on the exchange on which our common 
stock was then listed for the periods indicated.  

Fiscal 2009 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Fiscal 2010 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Shareholders 

High 

Low 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

13.35     
10.25     
5.94     
5.67     

4.66     
3.92     
4.76     
6.35     

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

9.01   
4.48   
2.76   
2.94   

3.25   
2.68   
3.05   
4.37   

The closing sales price of our common stock on the NYSE Amex as of June 9, 2010 was $2.96. As of June 9, 2010 there 
were  approximately  305  record  holders  of  the  22,591,811  outstanding  shares  of  our  common  stock.  The  number  of  record 
holders does not include shareholders for whom shares are held in a “nominee” or “street” name.  

Dividend Policy 

We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds 
and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate any cash dividends in 
the  foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  the  terms  of  our  existing  credit  agreement  restrict  the  payment  of  cash  dividends  on  our 
common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on 
our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  capital  requirements,  contractual  restrictions  (including  those  under  our  loan 
agreements) and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.  

27 

   
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Use of Proceeds from our Public Offering 

We registered shares of our common stock in connection with our IPO under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The 
Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (Reg.  No. 333-145569)  filed  in  connection  with  our  IPO  was  declared  effective  by  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2007. The IPO commenced on December 18, 2007 and did not terminate 
before  any  securities  were  sold.  As  of  the  date  of  this  filing,  the  IPO  has  terminated.  Including  shares  sold  pursuant  to  the 
exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, 6,849,092 shares of our common stock were registered and sold in 
the IPO by us and an additional 1,997,062 shares of common stock were registered and sold by the selling shareholders named in 
the Registration Statement. All shares were sold at a price to the public of $13.00 per share.  

The  underwriters  for  our  IPO  were  Thomas  Weisel  Partners  LLC,  which  acted  as  the  sole  book-running  manager,  and 
Canaccord Adams Inc. and Pacific Growth Equities, LLC, which acted as co-managers. We paid the underwriters a commission 
of  $6.2 million  and  incurred  additional  offering  expenses  of  approximately  $4.2 million.  After  deducting  the  underwriters’
commission and the offering expenses, we received net proceeds of approximately $78.6 million.  

No  payments  for  such  expenses  were  paid  directly  or  indirectly  to  (i) any  of  our  directors,  officers  or  their  associates, 

(ii) any person(s) owning 10% or more of any class of our equity securities or (iii) any of our affiliates.  

We invested the net proceeds from our IPO in bank certificates of deposits and money market accounts. Through March 31, 
2010,  approximately  $24.5 million  of  the  net  proceeds  from  the  IPO  were  used  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures  and 
general corporate purposes, along with $29.8 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock into treasury. As of the date 
of  this  filing,  we  have  not  entered  into  any  purchase  agreements,  understandings  or  commitments  with  respect  to  any 
acquisitions. Other than for our share repurchases, there has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our 
IPO as described in our final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2007 pursuant to 
Rule 424(b).  

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans 

The following table represents shares outstanding under the 2003 Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan as 

of March 31, 2010.  

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

     Number of Securities 
     Remaining Available for    
  Number of Securities to be      Weighted-Average      Future Issuances Under the   
    Equity Compensation Plans   
   Issued Upon Exercise of       Exercise Price of 
(2) 
   Outstanding Options 

    Outstanding Options     

3,546,249     $ 

3.66       

569,690   

Plan Category 

Equity Compensation plans approved by 

security holders (1) 

(1)    Approved before our IPO. 
(2)    Excludes shares reflected in the column titled “Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options”. 

Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities 

The table below summarizes our repurchases of our common stock during the three-month period ended March 31, 2010.  

     Total Number 

of Shares 

    Purchased as Part     Maximum Dollar Amount that   

Period 
January 1 – January 31, 2010 
February 1 – February 28, 2010 
March 1 – March 31, 2010 

  Total Number      Average      
   of Shares 
   Purchased 

of Publicly 

May Yet Be 

    Price Paid     Announced Plans     Purchased Under the Plans or   
    Per Share      or Programs (1)      
17,084     $ 
—    $ 
—    $ 

185,000   
185,000   
185,000   

4.39       
—      
—      

Programs 

17,084     $ 
—    $ 
—    $ 

(1)    In July 2008, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase plan providing for the repurchase of up to $20 million of 
shares of our outstanding common stock and, in December 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 
an additional $10 million of our outstanding common stock. The plan had no expiration date, but as of March 31, 2010, we 
had substantially completed the repurchase of the maximum permitted under the plan. 

28 

   
  
    
  
         
      
  
  
  
    
  
         
  
  
    
  
         
  
  
  
  
    
  
         
      
  
  
    
  
  
     
  
  
       
        
         
      
  
  
  
       
        
    
  
  
  
       
        
    
    
  
  
  
       
        
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
     
Table of Contents 

Unregistered Sales of Securities 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010, we issued 399,364 shares of common stock in connection with the exercise of 
outstanding  warrants  at  a  weighted  average  exercise  price  of  $2.30  per  share.  These  warrant  exercises  resulted  in  aggregate 
proceeds  to  us  of  approximately  $918,500.  These  issuances  of  common  stock  were  not  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  of 
1933, as amended, and were exempt from such registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  

Stock Price Performance Graph 

The following graph shows the total shareholder return of an investment of $100 in cash on December 19, 2007, the date we 
priced our stock pursuant to our IPO, through March 31, 2010, for (1) our common stock, (2) the Russell 2000 Index and (3) The 
NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index. For the year ended March 31, 2008, we had previously used the NASDAQ Clean 
Edge U.S. Index in our stock price performance graph. In May 2008, NASDAQ closed the Clean Edge U.S. Index. In December 
2008, The NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index changed its name, having been previously known as the NASDAQ Clean 
Edge U.S. Liquid Series Index. Returns are based upon historical amounts and are not intended to suggest future performance. 
Data for the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index assume reinvestment of dividends. We have 
never paid dividends on our common stock and have no present plans to do so.  

Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 
Russell 2000 Index 
NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index 

   December 19,      March 31,       March 31,       March 31,    

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

$ 
$ 
$ 

100     
100     
100     

$ 
$ 
$ 

73     
91     
78     

$ 
$ 
$ 

34     
57     
36     

$ 
$ 
$ 

38   
93   
54   

29 

  
   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

You  should  read  the  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  in  conjunction  with  “Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes 
included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 
2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated 
financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  Form  10-K,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles in the United States. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2006 
and  2007,  and  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  data  as  of  March 31,  2006,  2007  and  2008  have  been  derived  from  our  audited 
consolidated financial statements which are not included in this Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial data 
are not necessarily indicative of future results.  

2006 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2008 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

2007 

2009 

Consolidated statements of operations data: 
Product revenue 
Service revenue 
Total revenue 

  $ 

Cost of product revenue(1) 
Cost of service revenue 
Total cost of revenue 

Gross profit 
General and administrative expenses(1) 
Sales and marketing expenses(1) 
Research and development expenses(1) 
Income (loss) from operations 
Interest expense 
Extinguishment of debt 
Dividend and interest income 
Income (loss) before income tax 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock and 

preferred stock dividends(2) 
Conversion of preferred stock(3) 
Participation rights of preferred stock in 

undistributed earnings(4) 

Net income (loss) attributable to common 

29,993     $ 
3,287       
33,280       
20,225       
2,299       
22,524       
10,756       
4,875       
5,991       
1,171       
(1,281 )     
1,051       
—      
5       
(2,327 )     
(762 )     
(1,565 )     

40,201     $ 
7,982       
48,183       
26,511       
5,976       
32,487       
15,696       
6,162       
6,459       
1,078       
1,997       
1,044       
—      
201       
1,154       
225       
929       

65,359     $ 
15,328       
80,687       
42,127       
10,335       
52,462       
28,225       
10,200       
8,832       
1,832       
7,361       
1,390       
—      
1,189       
7,160       
2,750       
4,410       

(3 )     
—      

(201 )     
(83 )     

(225 )     
—      

—      

(205 )     

(775 )     

63,008     $ 
9,626       
72,634       
42,235       
6,801       
49,036       
23,598       
10,451       
11,261       
1,942       
(56 )     
167       
—      
1,661       
1,438       
927       
511       

—      
—      

—      

2010 

58,227   
7,191   
65,418   
38,628   
5,266   
43,894   
21,524   
12,836   
12,596   
1,891   
(5,799 ) 
260   
250   
269   
(5,540 ) 
(1,350 ) 
(4,190 ) 

—  
—  

—  

shareholders 

  $ 

(1,568 )   $ 

440     $ 

3,410     $ 

511     $ 

(4,190 ) 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common 

shareholders: 
Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted-average shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $ 
  $ 

(0.18 )   $ 
(0.18 )   $ 

0.05     $ 
0.05     $ 

0.22     $ 
0.19     $ 

0.02     $ 
0.02     $ 

(0.19 ) 
(0.19 ) 

8,524       
8,524       

9,080       
16,433       

15,548       
23,454       

25,352       
27,445       

21,844   
21,844   

30 

   
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
Table of Contents 

Consolidated balance sheet data: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Total assets 
Long-term debt, less current maturities 
Temporary equity (Series C convertible 

redeemable preferred stock) 
Series A convertible preferred stock 
Series B convertible preferred stock 
Shareholder notes receivable 
Shareholders’ equity 

2006 

2007 

As of March 31, 
2008 
(in thousands) 

2009 

2010 

  $ 

  $ 

1,089     $ 
—      
24,738       
10,492       

285     $ 
—      
33,583       
10,603       

78,312     $ 
2,404       
130,702       
4,473       

36,163     $ 
6,490       
103,722       
3,647       

23,364   
1,000   
103,621   
3,156   

—      
116       
5,591       
(398 )     
6,622     $ 

4,953       
—      
5,959       
(2,128 )     
9,355     $ 

—      
—      
—      
—      
113,190     $ 

—      
—      
—      
—      
88,695     $ 

—  
—  
—  
—  
87,670   

(1)    Includes stock-based compensation expense recognized under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards 

Codification Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718, as follows: 

2008 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 
(in thousands) 

2010 

Cost of product revenue 
General and administrative expenses 
Sales and marketing expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Total stock-based compensation expense 

$ 

$ 

122     
852     
375     
42     
1,391     

$ 

$ 

269     
676     
587     
45     
1,577     

$ 

$ 

222   
539   
691   
39   
1,491   

(2)    For  fiscal  2007  and  2008,  represents  the  impact  attributable  to  the  accretion  of  accumulated  dividends  on  our  Series C 
preferred stock, plus accumulated dividends on our Series A preferred stock prior to its conversion into common stock on 
March 31,  2007.  The  Series C  preferred  converted  automatically  into  common  stock  on  a  one-for-one  basis  upon  the 
closing  of  our  IPO  and  our  obligation  to  pay  accumulated  dividends  was  extinguished.  For  fiscal  2006,  represents 
accumulated  dividends  on  our  Series A  preferred  stock  prior  to  its  conversion  into  common  stock.  See  “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  —  Revenue  and  Expense  Components  —
Accretion of Preferred Stock and Preferred Stock Dividends.”

(3)    Represents  the  estimated  fair  market  value  of  the  premium  paid  to  holders  of  Series A  preferred  stock  upon  induced 
conversion. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Revenue and 
Expense Components — Conversion of Preferred Stock.”

(4)    Represents  undistributed  earnings  allocated  to  participating  preferred  shareholders  as  described  under  “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  —  Revenue  and  Expense  Components  —
Participation Rights of Preferred Stock in Undistributed Earnings.” All of our preferred stock converted automatically into 
common  stock  on  a  one-for-one  basis  upon  the  closing  of  our  IPO,  thereby  ending  our  requirement  to  allocate  any 
undistributed earnings to our preferred shareholders. 

31 

   
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 

OPERATIONS 

You  should  read  the  following  discussion  together  with  our  financial  statements,  including  the  related  notes,  and  our  other 
financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See also “Forward-Looking Statements” and 
Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” 

Overview 

We  design,  manufacture  and  implement  energy  management  systems  consisting  primarily  of  high-performance,  energy-

efficient lighting systems, controls and related services.  

We  currently  generate  the  substantial  majority  of  our  revenue  from  sales  of  high  intensity  fluorescent,  or  HIF,  lighting 
systems and related services to commercial and industrial customers. We typically sell our HIF lighting systems in replacement 
of our customers’ existing high intensity discharge, or HID, fixtures. We call this replacement process a “retrofit.” We frequently 
engage  our customer’s existing  electrical contractor  to provide installation  and  project management services.  We  also  sell  our 
HIF  lighting  systems  on  a  wholesale  basis,  principally  to  electrical  contractors  and  value-added  resellers  to  sell  to  their  own 
customer bases.  

We have sold and installed more than 1,739,000 of our HIF lighting systems in over 5,600 facilities from December 1, 2001 
through  March 31,  2010.  We  have  sold  our  products  to  120  Fortune  500  companies,  many  of  which  have  installed  our  HIF 
lighting systems in multiple facilities. Our top direct customers by revenue in fiscal 2010 included Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., 
U.S. Foodservice, SYSCO Corp., Ball Corporation, MillerCoors and Pepsico, Inc. and its affiliates.  

Our fiscal year ends on March 31. We call our fiscal years which ended on March 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, “fiscal 2008,”
“fiscal 2009” and “fiscal 2010,” respectively. We call our current fiscal year, which will end on March 31, 2011, “fiscal 2011”. 
Our  fiscal  first  quarter  ends  on  June  30,  our  fiscal  second  quarter  ends  on  September 30,  our  fiscal  third  quarter  ends  on 
December 31 and our fiscal fourth quarter ends on March 31.  

Because of the current recessed state of the global economy, especially as it has affected capital equipment manufacturers, 
our fiscal 2010 results continued to be impacted by lengthened customer sales cycles and sluggish customer capital spending. To 
address  these  conditions,  we  implemented  $3.2 million  of  annualized  cost  reductions  during  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2010. 
These cost containment initiatives included reductions related to headcount, work hours and discretionary spending and began to 
show results in the second half of fiscal 2010.  

In  response  to  the  constraints  on  our  customers’  capital  spending  budgets,  we  have  more  aggressively  promoted  the 
advantages to our customers of purchasing our energy management systems through our OVPP finance program as an alternative 
to purchasing our systems for cash. We expect that the number of customers who choose to purchase our systems by using our 
OVPP financing program to continue to increase in future periods. While our OVPP program creates a recurring revenue stream 
over  the  term  of  the  annually  renewable  OVPP  contract,  it  results  in  mis-match  between  the  timing  of  our  recognition  of 
revenues  and  expenses.  This  consequence  has  negatively  impacted  our  near-term  revenue  and  net  income,  and  will  likely 
continue  to  do  so.  All  of  our  selling  and  marketing  expenses  and  most  of  our  administrative  expenses  related  to  new  OVPP 
contracts are expensed up front as incurred, while the related OVPP contract revenue is recognized on a monthly basis over the 
life of the contract. Our management evaluates the impact of our OVPP contracts on our financial statements by discounting the 
future earnings potential of our OVPP contracts at our weighted average cost of capital rate of 7.25%, assuming that our OVPP 
customers will exercise all renewal periods through the end of their contract term. We believe that this non-GAAP analysis helps 
to provide additional clarity on the financial impact to us of the deferral of revenues and net income from these contracts and, for 
comparative  purposes,  helps  to  eliminate  the  mis-matching  of  revenues  and  expenses  that  occurs  under  generally  accepted 
accounting principles as a result of our OVPP program. For fiscal 2010, we have evaluated the impact of the $10.0 million of 
OVPP contract bookings during fiscal 2010 and determined that the discounted future earnings potential would have provided us 
with an additional $0.07 of earnings per share for fiscal 2010, which would have reduced our total loss to $(0.12) per share. We 
expect this trend to continue in fiscal 2011.  

In August 2009, we created Orion Engineered Systems, formerly known as Orion Technology Ventures, a new operating 
division  which  has  been  offering  our  customers  additional  alternative  renewable  energy  systems.  In  fiscal  2010,  we  sold  and 
installed  three  solar  photovoltaic  electricity  generating  projects,  completing  our  test  analysis  on  two  of  the  three  in  the  third 
quarter, and executed our first cash sale and our first PPA as a result of the successful testing of these systems. We expect the 
installation and customer acceptance of the third system to be completed during our fiscal 2011 first quarter. These projects are 
helping us answer technological, installation and commercial feasibility questions before determining how this technology may 
fit  into  our  overall  business  plan.  In  the  near-term,  we  do  not  anticipate  revenue  contributions  from  these  projects  to  be 
significant.  

32 

   
Table of Contents 

Despite  near-term  economic  challenges,  we  remain  optimistic  about  our  long-term  financial  performance.  Our  long-term 
optimism is based upon the considerable size of the existing market opportunity for lighting retrofits, the continued development 
of our new products and product enhancements, the opportunity for our participation in the replacement part aftermarket and the 
increasing  national  recognition  of  the  importance  of  environmental  stewardship,  including  the  recent  State  of  Wisconsin 
legislation  recognizing  our  solar  Apollo  Light  Pipe  as  a  renewable  product  offering  and  qualifying  it  for  incentives  currently 
offered to other renewable technologies.  

Revenue and Expense Components 

Revenue  .  We  sell  our  energy  management  products  and  services  directly  to  commercial  and  industrial  customers,  and 
indirectly  to  end  users  through  wholesale  sales  to  electrical  contractors  and  value-added  resellers.  We  currently  generate  the 
substantial  majority  of  our  revenue  from  sales  of  HIF  lighting  systems  and  related  services  to  commercial  and  industrial 
customers.  While  our  services  include  comprehensive  site  assessment,  site  field  verification,  utility  incentive  and  government 
subsidy  management,  engineering  design,  project  management,  installation  and  recycling  in  connection  with  our  retrofit 
installations, we separately recognize service revenue only for our installation and recycling services. Except for our installation 
and recycling services, all other services are completed prior to product shipment and revenue from such services is included in 
product  revenue  because  evidence  of  fair  value  for  these  services  does  not  exist.  In  fiscal  2010,  we  increased  our  efforts  to 
expand our value-added reseller channel with the development of a partner standard operating procedural kit, marketing through 
mass  mailings,  participating  in  national  trade  organizations  and  providing  training  to  channel  partners  on  our  sales 
methodologies. These wholesale channels accounted for approximately 42% of our total revenue in fiscal 2010, which was an 
increase from the 40% of total revenues contributed in fiscal 2009. We believe that this growth trend in our wholesale mix of 
total revenues will continue in fiscal 2011.  

In October 2008, we introduced to the market a financing program called the Orion Virtual Power Plant, or OVPP, or Orion 
Throughput  Agreement,  or  OTA,  for  our  customers’  purchase  of  our  energy  management  systems  without  an  up-front  capital 
outlay. OVPP and OTA are interchangeable terms. The OVPP is structured as a supply agreement in which we receive monthly 
rental payments over the  life of the contract, typically  12 months, with an annual renewable agreement with a  maximum term 
between two and five years. This program creates an ongoing recurring revenue stream, but reduces near-term revenues as the 
payments are recognized as  revenue on a monthly basis over the  life  of the contract versus upfront upon product  shipment or 
project completion. However, we do retain the option to sell the payment stream to a third party finance company, as we have 
done under the terms of our OTA financing program, in which case the revenue is recognized at the net present value of the total 
future payments from the finance company upon completion of the sale transaction. The OVPP program was established to assist 
customers  who  are  interested  in  purchasing  our  energy  management  systems  but  who  have  capital  expenditure  budget 
limitations. For fiscal 2009, we recognized $33,000 of revenue from completed OVPP contracts. For fiscal 2010, we recognized 
$3.4 million  of  revenue  from  completed  OVPP  contracts,  including  $2.5 million  from  the  sale  of  contracts  to  a  third  party 
finance  company.  As  of  March 31,  2010,  we  had  signed  75  customers  to  OVPP  contracts  representing  future  gross  revenue 
streams of $6.7 million. In the future, we expect an increase in the volume of OVPP contracts as our customers take advantage of 
our value proposition without incurring up-front capital cost. Our gross margins on OVPP revenues are similar to gross margins 
achieved on cash sales.  

Other  than  OVPP  sales,  we  recognize  revenue  on  product  only  sales  at  the  time  of  shipment.  For  projects  consisting  of 
multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, we separate the project into separate units of 
accounting  based  on  their  relative  fair  values  for  revenue  recognition  purposes.  Additionally,  the  deferral  of  revenue  on  a 
delivered element may be required if such revenue is contingent upon the delivery of the remaining undelivered elements. We 
recognize  revenue at the  time  of  product shipment on product  sales and on  services  completed  prior to product shipment. We 
recognize  revenue  associated  with  services  provided  after  product  shipment,  based  on  their  fair  value,  when  the  services  are 
completed  and  customer  acceptance  has  been  received.  When  other  significant  obligations  or  acceptance  terms  remain  after 
products  are  delivered,  revenue  is  recognized  only  after  such  obligations  are  fulfilled  or  acceptance  by  the  customer  has 
occurred.  

Our dependence on individual key customers can vary from period to period as a result of the significant size of some of 
our retrofit and  multi-facility  roll-out  projects. Our  top  10  customers  accounted for  approximately  46%,  36%  and  29% of  our 
total revenue for fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. One customer accounted for approximately 17% of our total revenue 
for fiscal 2008 while no customers accounted for more than 10% of revenue in either fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010. If large retrofit 
and roll-out projects become a greater component of our total revenue, we may experience more customer concentration in given 
periods. The loss of, or substantial reduction in sales volume to, any of our significant customers could have a material adverse 
effect on our total revenue in any given period and may result in significant annual and quarterly revenue variations.  

33 

   
Table of Contents 

Our  level  of  total  revenue  for  any  given  period  is  dependent  upon  a  number  of  factors,  including  (i) the  demand  for  our 
products  and  systems,  including  our  OVPP  program  and  any  new  products,  applications  and  services  that  we  may  introduce 
through  our  new  Orion Engineered  Systems division;  (ii) the  number  and  timing  of  large  retrofit  and  multi-facility  retrofit, or 
“roll-out,”  projects;  (iii) the  level  of  our  wholesale  sales;  (iv) our  ability  to  realize  revenue  from  our  services  and  our  OVPP 
program,  including  whether  we  decide  to  retain  or  resell  the  expected  future  cash  flows  under  our  OVPP  program  and  the 
relative  timing  of  the  resultant  revenue  recognition;  (v)  market  conditions;  (vi) our  execution  of  our  sales  process;  (vii) our 
ability to compete in a highly competitive market and our ability to respond successfully to market competition; (viii) the selling 
price of our products and services; (ix) changes in capital investment levels by our customers and prospects; and (x) customer 
sales cycles. As a result, our total revenue may be subject to quarterly variations and our total revenue for any particular fiscal 
quarter may not be indicative of future results.  

Bookings . Although bookings is not a term recognized under generally accepted accounting principles, as the volume of 
our OVPP business is expected to continue to increase and because of the deferred revenue recognition of our retained OVPP 
projects, we believe bookings provides our management and investors with an informative measure of our relative order activity 
for any particular period. We define bookings as the total contractual value of all firm purchase orders received for our products 
and services and the gross revenue streams for all OVPP contracts upon the execution of the contract. We define bookings for 
PPA  agreements  as  the  discounted  value  of  revenues  from  energy  generation  over  the  life  of  the  agreement  along  with  the 
discounted value of revenues for renewable energy credits (REC) for as long as the REC programs are currently defined to be in 
existence  with  the  governing  body.  For  fiscal  2009,  total  bookings  were  $71.6 million,  which  included  $1.5 million  of  future 
revenue  streams  associated  with  OVPP  contracts.  For  fiscal  2010,  total  bookings  were  $73.9 million,  which  included 
$10.0 million  of  future  revenue  streams  associated  with  OVPP  contracts  and  $1.7 million  of  discounted  revenue  streams  from 
PPA contracts.  

Backlog . We define backlog as the total contractual value of all firm orders received for our lighting products and services 
where delivery of product or completion of services has not yet occurred as of the end of any particular reporting period. Such 
orders must be evidenced by a signed proposal acceptance or purchase order from the customer. Our backlog does not include 
OVPP contracts, PPA contracts or national contracts that have been negotiated, but we have not yet received a purchase order for 
the  specific  location.  As  of  March 31,  2009,  we  had  a  backlog  of  firm  purchase  orders  of  approximately  $2.8 million.  As  of 
March 31, 2010, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $3.2 million. We generally expect this level of firm 
purchase  order  backlog  to  be  converted  into  revenue  within  the  following  quarter.  Principally  as  a  result  of  the  continued 
lengthening  of  our  customer’s  purchasing  decisions  because  of  current  recessed  economic  conditions  and  related  factors,  the 
continued  shortening  of  our  installation  cycles  and  the  number  of  projects  sold  through  national  and  OVPP  contracts,  a 
comparison  of  backlog  from  period  to  period  is  not  necessarily  meaningful  and  may  not  be  indicative  of  actual  revenue 
recognized in future periods.  

Cost  of  Revenue.  Our  total  cost  of  revenue  consists  of  costs  for:  (i) raw  materials,  including  sheet,  coiled  and  specialty 
reflective aluminum; (ii) electrical components, including ballasts, power supplies and lamps; (iii) wages and related personnel 
expenses, including stock-based compensation charges, for our fabricating, coating, assembly, logistics and project installation 
service organizations; (iv) manufacturing facilities, including depreciation on our manufacturing facilities and equipment, taxes, 
insurance  and  utilities;  (v) warranty  expenses;  (vi)  installation  and  integration;  and  (vii) shipping  and  handling.  Our  cost  of 
aluminum  can  be  subject  to  commodity  price  fluctuations,  which  we  attempt  to  mitigate  with  forward  fixed-price,  minimum 
quantity  purchase  commitments  with  our  suppliers.  We  also  purchase  many  of  our  electrical  components  through  forward 
purchase contracts. We buy most of our specialty reflective aluminum from a single supplier, and most of our ballast and lamp 
components  from  a  single  supplier,  although  we  believe  we  could  obtain  sufficient  quantities  of  these  raw  materials  and 
components  on  a  price  and  quality  competitive  basis  from  other  suppliers  if  necessary.  Purchases  from  our  current  primary 
supplier of ballast and lamp components constituted 19% and 27% of our total cost of revenue for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010. 
Our cost of revenue from OVPP projects is recorded as an asset on our balance sheet with the related costs amortized monthly 
over the life of the asset. Our production labor force is non-union and, as a result, our production labor costs have been relatively 
stable. We have been expanding our network of qualified third-party installers to realize efficiencies in the installation process. 
Toward the end of fiscal 2008, we began to vertically integrate some of our processes performed at outside suppliers to help us 
better  manage  delivery  lead  time,  control  process  quality  and  inventory  supply.  We  installed  a  coating  line  and  acquired 
production fabrication equipment. Each of these production items provides us with additional capacity to continue to support our 
potential future revenue growth. We expect that these processes will help to reduce overall unit costs as the equipment becomes 
more  fully  utilized.  During  fiscal  2010,  we  reengineered  our  manufacturing  production  product  flow,  consolidating  product 
assembly  stations,  eliminating  redundant  material  handling  activities  and  improving  production  efficiencies.  These  design 
improvements helped reduce manufacturing direct and indirect labor costs.  

34 

   
Table of Contents 

Gross Margin. Our gross profit has been and will continue to be, affected by the relative levels of our total revenue and our 
total cost of revenue, and as a result, our gross profit may be subject to quarterly variation. Our gross profit as a percentage of 
total revenue, or gross margin, is affected by a number of factors, including: (i) our mix of large retrofit and multi-facility roll-
out projects with national accounts; (ii) the level of our wholesale sales; (iii) our realization rate on our billable services; (iv) our 
project  pricing;  (v) our  level  of  warranty  claims;  (vi) our  level  of  utilization  of  our  manufacturing  facilities  and  production 
equipment  and  related  absorption  of  our  manufacturing  overhead  costs;  (vii) our  level  of  efficiencies  in  our  manufacturing 
operations; and (viii) our level of efficiencies from our subcontracted installation service providers.  

Operating  Expenses.  Our  operating  expenses  consist  of:  (i) general  and  administrative  expenses;  (ii) sales  and  marketing 
expenses; and (iii) research and development expenses. Personnel related costs are our largest operating expense. Up-front costs 
related to our OVPP business, including most related sales activities and contract administration costs, are expensed as incurred 
resulting in a mis-match of operating expense recognition and the related revenue recognition from OVPP contracts. This mis-
match of OVPP revenue and expense recognition reduces near-term profitability as revenue and gross profit are recorded under 
GAAP in future periods. While we have recently focused on reducing our personnel costs and headcount in certain functional 
areas,  we  do  nonetheless  believe  that  future  opportunities  within  our  business  remain  strong.  As  a  result,  we  may  choose  to 
continue to selectively add to our sales, marketing and research and development staff based upon opportunities that may arise.  

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including 
stock-based  compensation  charges,  related  to  our  executive,  finance,  human  resource,  information  technology  and  operations 
organizations;  (ii) public  company  costs,  including  investor  relations  and  audit;  (iii) occupancy  expenses;  (iv) professional 
services fees; (v) technology related costs and amortization; and (vi) corporate-related travel.  

Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-
based  compensation  charges,  related  to  our  sales  and  marketing  organization;  (ii) internal  and  external  sales  commissions  and 
bonuses; (iii) travel, lodging and other out-of-pocket expenses associated with our selling efforts; (iv) marketing programs; (v) 
pre-sales costs; and (vi) other related overhead.  

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including 
stock-based  compensation  charges,  related  to  our  engineering  organization;  (ii) payments  to  consultants;  (iii) the  design  and 
development  of  new  energy  management  products  and  enhancements  to  our  existing  energy  management  system;  (iv) quality 
assurance and testing; and (v) other related overhead. We expense research and development costs as incurred.  

We  have  incurred  increased  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  connection  with  our  becoming  a  public  company, 
including  increased  accounting,  audit,  investor  relations,  legal  and  support  services  and  Sarbanes-Oxley  compliance  fees  and 
expenses. In fiscal 2010, our operating expenses increased as a result of the completion of our new technology center and the 
related building occupancy costs. We expense all pre-sale costs incurred in connection with our sales process prior to obtaining a 
purchase  order.  These  pre-sale  costs  may  reduce  our  net  income  in  a  given  period  prior  to  recognizing  any  corresponding 
revenue.  We  also  intend  to  continue  to  invest  in  our  research  and  development  of  new  and  enhanced  energy  management 
products and services.  

We recognize compensation expense for the fair value of our stock option awards granted over their related vesting period 
using the modified prospective method of adoption under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. We 
recognized $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 
2010. As a result of prior option grants, including option grants in fiscal 2010, we expect to recognize an additional $4.5 million 
of stock-based compensation over a weighted average period of approximately seven years. These charges have been, and will 
continue  to  be,  allocated  to  cost  of  product  revenue,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  sales  and  marketing  expenses  and 
research  and  development  expenses  based  on  the  departments  in  which  the  personnel  receiving  such  awards  have  primary 
responsibility.  A  substantial  majority  of  these  charges  have  been,  and  likely  will  continue  to  be,  allocated  to  general  and 
administrative expenses and sales and marketing expenses.  

Interest Expense.  Our  interest  expense is  comprised primarily of interest expense on outstanding  borrowings under long-
term debt obligations described under “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Indebtedness” below, including the amortization 
of previously incurred financing costs. We amortize deferred financing costs to interest expense over the life of the related debt 
instrument, ranging from six to fifteen years.  

35 

   
Table of Contents 

Dividend  and  Interest  Income.  Our  dividend  income  consisted  of  dividends  paid  on  preferred  shares  that  we  acquired  in 
July 2006.  The  terms  of  these  preferred  shares  provided  for  annual  dividend  payments  to  us  of  $0.1 million.  We  sold  the 
preferred shares back to the issuer in June 2008 and all dividends accrued were paid upon sale. We also report interest income 
earned on our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments. For fiscal 2009, our interest income increased as a result of 
our  investment  of  the  net  proceeds  from  our  initial  public  offering  in  short-term,  interest-bearing,  money  market  funds,  bank 
certificate of deposits and investment-grade securities. For fiscal 2010, our interest income declined as a result of the decrease in 
our cash and cash equivalents and declining market rates.  

Income Taxes. As of March 31, 2010, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $14.5 million for federal 
tax  purposes  and  $8.4 million  for  state  tax  purposes.  Included  in  these  loss  carryforwards  were  $6.1 million  for  federal  and 
$3.1 million  for  state  tax  purposes  of  compensation  expenses  that  were  associated  with  the  exercise  of  nonqualified  stock 
options. The benefit from our net operating losses created from these compensation expenses has not yet been recognized in our 
financial statements and will be accounted for in our shareholders’ equity as a credit to additional paid-in capital as the deduction 
reduces our income taxes payable. We also had federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $499,000 and state tax credit 
carryforwards of $120,000, which is net of the valuation allowance of $408,000. Management believes it is more likely than not 
that we will realize the benefits of most of these assets and has reserved for an allowance due to our state apportioned income 
and the potential expiration of the state tax credits due to the carryforwards period. These federal and state net operating losses 
and credit carryforwards are available, subject to the discussion in the following paragraph, to offset future taxable income and, 
if not utilized, will begin to expire in varying amounts between 2014 and 2030.  

Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a company’s stock, by value, over a three year period constitutes 
an  ownership  change  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  An  ownership  change  may  limit  a  company’s  ability  to  use  its  net 
operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such change. In fiscal 2007 and prior to our IPO, past issuances 
and transfers  of  stock  caused  an  ownership  change for  certain  tax  purposes.  When  certain  ownership  changes  occur,  tax  laws 
require that a calculation be made to establish a limitation on the use of net operating loss carryforwards created in periods prior 
to such ownership change. For fiscal year 2008, utilization of our federal loss carryforwards was limited to $3.0 million. There 
was no limitation that occurred for fiscal 2009 or 2010.  

Accretion  of  Preferred  Stock  and  Preferred  Stock  Dividends.  Our  accretion  of  redeemable  preferred  stock  and  preferred 
stock dividends consisted of accumulated unpaid dividends on our Series A and Series C preferred stock during the periods that 
such  shares  were  outstanding.  The  terms  of  our  Series C  preferred  stock  provided  for  a  6%  per  annum  cumulative  dividend 
unless we completed a qualified initial public offering or sale. As a result, the carrying amount of our Series C preferred stock 
were increased each  period to reflect the accretion of accumulated  unpaid dividends. The obligation to pay these accumulated 
unpaid  dividends  was  extinguished  upon  conversion  of  the  Series C  preferred  stock  because  our  IPO  constituted  a  qualified 
initial public offering under the terms of our Series C preferred stock. The Series C preferred stock automatically converted into 
common stock upon closing of our IPO, and the carrying amount of our Series C preferred stock, along with accumulated unpaid 
dividends,  was  credited  to  additional  paid-in  capital  at  that  time.  Our  Series A  preferred  stock  was  issued  beginning  in  fiscal 
2000  and  provided  for a  12%  per  annum  cumulative  dividend.  Our  Series A  preferred  stock  was  converted  into  shares  of our 
common stock in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2007 as described under “— Conversion of Preferred Stock.”  

Conversion  of  Preferred  Stock.  In  fiscal  2005,  we  offered  our  holders  of  then  outstanding  Series A  preferred  stock  the 
opportunity to convert each of their Series A preferred shares, together with the accumulated unpaid dividends thereon and their 
other rights and preferences related thereto, into three shares of our common stock. Since the Series A preferred shareholders had 
the  existing  right  to  convert each  of their  Series A  preferred shares into  two shares  of common  stock, we  determined  that the 
increase in the conversion ratio from two to three shares of common stock was an inducement offer. As a result, we accounted 
for the value of the change in this conversion ratio as an increase to additional paid-in capital and a charge to our accumulated 
deficit at the time of conversion. In fiscal 2005, 648,010 outstanding Series A preferred shares were converted into shares of our 
common stock. The remaining 20,000 outstanding Series A preferred shares were converted into shares of our common stock on 
March 31, 2007. The premium amount recorded for the inducement, calculated using the number of additional common shares 
offered multiplied by the estimated fair market value of our common stock at the time of conversion, was $1.0 million for fiscal 
2005 and $83,000 for fiscal 2007.  

Participation Rights of Preferred Stock in Undistributed Earnings. Because all series of our preferred stock participate in 
all undistributed earnings with the common stock, we allocated earnings to the common shareholders and participating preferred 
shareholders  under  the  two-class  method  as  required  under  the  provisions  of  ASC  260,  Earnings  Per  Share  .  The  two-class 
method  is  an  earnings  allocation  method  under  which  basic  net  income  per  share  is  calculated  for  our  common  stock  and 
participating preferred stock considering both accrued preferred stock dividends and participation rights in undistributed earnings 
as  if  all  such  earnings  had  been  distributed  during  the  year.  Because  our  participating  preferred  stock  was  not  contractually 
required to  share in  our losses, in  applying the  two-class  method to compute basic net income per common share, we  did  not 
make any allocation to our preferred stock if a net loss existed or if an undistributed net loss resulted from reducing net income 
by the accrued preferred stock dividends. All of our preferred stock was converted automatically into common stock on a one-
for-one basis upon the closing of our IPO and we are no longer required to allocate any undistributed earnings to our preferred 
shareholders.  

36 

   
Table of Contents 

Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth the line items of our consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a 
relative percentage of our total revenue for each applicable period, together with the relative percentage change in such line item 
between applicable comparable periods set forth below:  

2008 

2009 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 

(Dollars in thousands) 
     % of 

   % 
  Change   

2010 

     % of 

   % 
  Change   

     % of 

  Amount     Revenue   

  Amount     Revenue   

81.0 %   $ 63,008       
19.0 %      9,626       

Product revenue 
Service revenue 
Total revenue 

Cost of product revenue 
Cost of service revenue 
Total cost of revenue 

  Amount     Revenue   
86.7 %     
  $ 65,359       
     15,328       
13.3 %     
     80,687        100.0 %      72,634        100.0 %     
0.3 %      38,628       
58.1 %     
     42,127       
(34.2 )%      5,266       
9.4 %     
     10,335       
(6.5 )%      43,894       
67.5 %     
     52,462       
(16.4 )%      21,524       
32.5 %     
Gross profit 
     28,225       
2.5 %      12,836       
14.4 %     
General and administrative expenses      10,200       
27.5 %      12,596       
15.5 %     
Sales and marketing expenses 
     8,832       
2.7 %     
Research and development expenses      1,832       
6.0 %      1,891       
(0.1 )%      (100.8 )%      (5,799 )     
     7,361       
Income (loss) from operations 
(260 )     
(88.0 )%     
0.2 %     
     (1,390 )     
Interest expense 
250       
0.0 %     
0.0 %     
Extinguishment of debt 
—      
39.7 %     
2.3 %     
     1,189       
Dividend and interest income 
269       
(79.9 )%      (5,540 )     
2.0 %     
     7,160       
Income (loss) before income tax 
(66.3 )%      (1,350 )     
1.3 %     
     2,750       
Income tax expense (benefit) 
(88.4 )%      (4,190 )     
0.7 %     
     4,410       
Net income (loss) 
Accretion of redeemable preferred 

89.0 %     
(3.6 )%   $ 58,227       
(7.6 )% 
(37.2 )%      7,191       
11.0 %     
(25.3 )% 
(10.0 )%      65,418        100.0 %     
(9.9 )% 
59.1 %     
(8.5 )% 
8.0 %     
(22.6 )% 
67.1 %     
(10.5 )% 
32.9 %     
(8.8 )% 
19.6 %     
22.8 % 
19.3 %     
11.9 % 
2.9 %     
(2.6 )% 
(8.9 )%   
NM   
55.7 % 
0.4 %     
0.4 %      100.0 % 
0.4 %     
(83.8 )% 
(8.5 )%      (485.3 )% 
(2.1 )%      (245.6 )% 
(6.4 )%      (920.0 )% 

52.2 %      42,235       
12.8 %      6,801       
65.0 %      49,036       
35.0 %      23,598       
12.6 %      10,451       
10.9 %      11,261       
2.3 %      1,942       
(56 )     
9.1 %     
(167 )     
1.7 %     
0.0 %     
—      
1.5 %      1,661       
8.9 %      1,438       
927       
3.4 %     
511       
5.5 %     

stock and preferred stock 
dividends 

Participation rights of preferred 

stock in undistributed earnings 
Net income (loss) attributable to 

(225 )     

(0.3 )%     

—      

0.0 %      100.0 %     

—      

0.0 %     

0.0 % 

(775 )     

(1.0 )%     

—      

0.0 %      100.0 %     

—      

0.0 %     

0.0 % 

common shareholders 

  $  3,410       

4.2 %   $ 

511       

0.7 %     

(85.0 )%   $  (4,190 )     

(6.4 )%      (920.0 )% 

NM = Not meaningful 

Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009 

Bookings. Total bookings increased from $71.6 million, which included $1.5 million of future revenue streams associated 
with OVPP contracts, for fiscal 2009 to $73.9 million, which included $10.0 million of future revenue streams associated with 
OVPP contracts and $1.7 million of discounted revenue streams from PPA contracts, for fiscal 2010, an increase of $2.3 million 
or 3%.  

Revenue.  Product  revenue  decreased  from  $63.0 million  for  fiscal  2009  to  $58.2 million  for  fiscal  2010,  a  decrease  of 
$4.8 million or 8%. The decrease was a result of decreased sales of our HIF lighting systems and an increase in the number of 
projects  sold  under  our  OVPP  financing  terms,  which  reduced  revenue  in  the  near  term,  but  provides  recurring  revenue  into 
future fiscal periods. Service revenue decreased from $9.6 million for fiscal 2009 to $7.2 million for fiscal 2010, a decrease of 
$2.4 million, or 25%. The decrease in service revenue was a result of the decreased sales of our HIF lighting systems and the 
continued percentage increase of total revenues to our wholesale channels where services are not provided. We believe that our 
fiscal  2010  revenues  continued  to  be  impacted  by  a  general  conservatism  in  the  marketplace  concerning  capital  spending  and 
purchase  decisions  due  to  continuing  adverse  economic  and  credit  market  conditions.  In  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2010,  we 
realized a slight improvement in our order volumes in relation to the first half of our fiscal 2010. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2010, we recorded $2.5 million of product revenue due to the sale of a portion of our OVPP finance contracts to a third party 
equipment  finance  company.  We  believe  that  the  significant  increase  in  our  OVPP  finance  bookings,  $10.0 million  for  fiscal 
2010 compared to $1.5 million for fiscal 2009, has helped to address capital spending constraints by providing an alternative to 
the up-front capital requirements of a cash purchase. Accordingly, we believe that our OVPP financed business will continue to 
increase  during  fiscal  2011,  accounting  for  approximately  20  to  25%  of  our  anticipated  total  bookings.  This  increase  in  our 
financed business and the deferral of revenue recognition into future periods, may result in reduced product revenues in the near-
term.  

37 

   
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
      
  
      
         
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Cost  of  Revenue  and  Gross  Margin.  Our  cost  of  product  revenue  decreased  from  $42.2 million  for  fiscal  2009  to 
$38.6 million  for  fiscal  2010,  a  decrease  of  $3.6 million,  or  9%.  Our  cost  of  service  revenue  decreased  from  $6.8 million  for 
fiscal  2009  to  $5.3 million  for  fiscal  2010,  a  decrease  of  $1.5 million,  or  23%.  Total  gross  margin  remained  substantially 
unchanged at 32.5% for fiscal 2009 and 32.9% for fiscal 2010. During fiscal 2010, we maintained improvements in our product 
gross  margins,  in  spite  of  the  volume  decline,  resulting  from  our  efforts  to  reengineer  our  assembly  processes,  including  the 
implementation  of  cell  manufacturing  stations,  a  reduction  in  headcount  and  a  reduction  in  work  hours,  and  reductions  in 
discretionary spending and premium costs, like overtime.  

Operating Expenses 

General  and  Administrative.  Our  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  from  $10.5  million  for  fiscal  2009  to 
$12.8 million  for  fiscal  2010,  an  increase  of  $2.3 million  or  23%.  The  increase  was  a  result  of  :  (i)  $1.2 million  increase  for 
occupancy costs related to the completion of our new technology center, including approximately $0.1 million for one-time start-
up  charges;  (ii)  $0.7 million  for  legal  costs  related  to  the  defense  and  preliminary  settlement  of  our  securities  class  action 
litigation;  (iii)  $0.6 million  in  severance  compensation  costs  and  headcount  additions  related  to  staff  support  in  information 
technology and executive support staff in human resources and administrative functions; (iv) $0.3 million in costs related to the 
write down of a long-term note receivable and bad debt charges on aged accounts receivable; and (v) $0.4 million as a result of a 
one-time gain on asset disposal in the fiscal 2009 that did not recur in fiscal 2010. These cost increases were partially offset by 
$0.9 million in decreased compensation costs resulting from headcount reductions and other discretionary spending reductions.  

Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses increased from $11.2 million for fiscal 2009 to $12.6 million for 
fiscal  2010,  an  increase  of  $1.4 million,  or  12%.  The  increase  was  a  result  of  the  mismatch  of  expenses  incurred  to  sell  and 
market  the  growth  in  our  OVPP  finance  program  and  compensation  and  benefit  costs  for  additional  sales  and  marketing 
personnel. We increased our  sales and marketing  headcount to  further develop opportunities for our exterior lighting products 
within  the  utility  and  governmental  markets,  expanded  sales  and  sales  support  personnel  dedicated  to  our  in-market  sales 
programs and added technical expertise for our wireless controls product lines and our renewable technology initiatives.  

Research  and  Development.  Our  research  and  development  expenses  were  substantially  unchanged  in  fiscal  2010  from 
fiscal 2009, at approximately $1.9 million. Expenses incurred in fiscal 2010 related to compensation costs for the development 
and support of new products, depreciation expenses for lab and research equipment and testing costs related to our new wireless 
controls, exterior lighting and LED product initiatives.  

Interest Expense.  Our  interest expense increased  from  $167,000 in fiscal 2009 to $260,000  in fiscal 2010, an increase  of 
$93,000 or 56%. The increase in interest expense was due to the elimination of capitalized interest resulting from the completion 
of  our  corporate  technology  center.  For  fiscal  2009  and  fiscal  2010,  we  capitalized  $215,000  and  $21,000  of  interest  for 
construction in progress, respectively.  

Extinguishment of Debt. In fiscal 2010, $250,000 of debt under equipment loans from our local government was forgiven 

related to our creation and retention of certain types and numbers of jobs at our manufacturing facility.  

Dividend and Interest Income.  Our  dividend and  interest  income  decreased  from  fiscal  2009  to fiscal 2010 as a  result of 
declining  market  interest  rates  and  the  reduction  in  our  cash  balances  year  over  year  due  to  cash  used  to  finance  our  OVPP 
programs and our investment in wireless control inventory components.  

Income  Taxes.  Our  income  tax  expense  decreased  in  fiscal  2010  from  fiscal  2009  due  to  the  reduction  in  our  taxable 
income.  Our  effective  income  tax  rate  for  fiscal  2009  was  64.5%  compared  to  a  benefit  rate  of  (24.4)%  for  fiscal  2010.  The 
change  in  our  effective  rate  was  due  to  a  reduction  of  benefits  for  non-deductible  stock  compensation  expense  from  prior 
incentive stock options grants and the impact of an increase in our state valuation allowance reserve.  

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008 

Bookings.  Our  fiscal 2009 bookings were $71.6 million, including  $1.5 million of future revenue  streams associated with 

OVPP contracts. We do not have reliable bookings data for periods prior to fiscal 2009.  

Revenue. Our fiscal 2009 product revenue of $63.0 million decreased 3.6% compared to our fiscal 2008 product revenue of 
$65.4 million. This decrease was a result of decreased capital spending and delayed purchase decisions within our customer base 
due  to  adverse  economic  and  credit  market  conditions.  Our  fiscal  2009  service  revenue  of  $9.6 million  decreased  37.2% 
compared  to  our  fiscal  2008  service  revenue  of  $15.3 million.  This  decrease  was  a  result  of  our  increased  revenues  to  our 
wholesale channels where services are not provided and decreased capital spending and delayed purchase decisions within our 
direct customer base.  

38 

   
Table of Contents 

Cost of Revenue. Our fiscal 2009 cost of product revenue of $42.2 million increased 0.3% compared to our fiscal 2008 cost 
of product revenue of $42.1 million. This increase was a result of new equipment and operating costs for product coating and 
fabrication,  and  additional  assembly  labor  personnel  costs,  including  stock  compensation  expense,  for  the  manufacturing 
production  of  our  enclosure  product  lines  and  wet-rated  fixtures.  These  enclosure  products  are  more  labor  intensive  than  our 
standard compact modular products. Our fiscal 2009 cost of service revenue of $6.8 million decreased 34.2% compared to our 
fiscal  2008  cost  of  service  revenue  of  $10.3 million.  This  decrease  was  a  result  of  our  increased  revenues  to  our  wholesale 
channels where services are not provided.  

Gross Margin. Our fiscal 2009 gross profit of $23.6 million decreased 16.4% on an absolute dollar basis compared to our 
fiscal 2008 gross profit of $28.2 million. Our fiscal 2009 gross margin percentage of 32.5% decreased from our fiscal 2008 gross 
margin percentage of 35.0%. The decrease in both gross profit dollars and gross margin percentage was due to underabsorbed 
manufacturing  capacity  costs  related  to  reduced  product  volumes,  added  costs  for  additional  production  capabilities  in  our 
coating  and  forming  departments  and  additional  costs  for  labor  personnel,  including  overtime,  to  assemble  and  produce  our 
enclosure and wet-rated product lines.  

Operating Expenses 

General  and  Administrative.  Our  fiscal  2009  general  and  administrative  expenses  of  $10.5  million  increased  2.5% 
compared  to our  fiscal  2008  general  and  administrative  expenses  of  $10.2  million.  The  increase  was  due  to:  (i) compensation 
cost increases of $0.5 million, including stock option compensation, related to additional staff support in our human resources, 
accounting, information technology and administrative functions; (ii) legal expenses of $0.4 million resulting from our defense 
of  our  securities  class  action  litigation;  (iii) additional  public  company  costs,  including  additional  expenses  for  accounting, 
investor  relations  and  legal  services;  and  (iv)  increased  consulting  costs  for  technology  and  for  Sarbanes-Oxley  compliance. 
These cost increases were offset by  decreases in bonus compensation costs of $1.5 million. These decreases in bonus expense 
were  due  to $0.8 million  of  one-time  bonus  expense in  fiscal  2008 related  to the completion  of  our  IPO  and our incurring  no 
expense in fiscal 2009 related to our executive bonus compensation plan compared with $0.7 million in such expenses in fiscal 
2008.  

Sales and Marketing. Our fiscal 2009 sales and marketing expense of $11.3 million increased 27.5% on an absolute dollar 
basis and as a percentage of revenues compared to fiscal 2008 selling and marketing expenses of $8.8 million. This increase was 
a result of increased employee compensation expenses, including stock option compensation, of $2.5 million resulting from our 
hiring  of  additional  sales  and  sales  support  personnel  and  a  $0.7 million  increase  in  marketing  costs  as  a  result  of  efforts  to 
increase our brand awareness through direct mail into the wholesale channel and our participation in national trade shows. These 
increases  were  partially  offset  by  reductions  in  commission  payments  and  employee  bonus  compensation  of  $0.8 million  as  a 
result of our lower revenue volumes.  

Research and Development. Our fiscal 2009 research and development expense of $1.9 million increased 6.0% compared to 
our  fiscal  2008  research  and  development  expense  of  $1.8 million.  This  increase  was  due  to  investment  in  the  continued 
development  of  our  wireless  control  product,  technology  and  process  improvements  in  our  coating  operation  and  sample  and 
material costs for the development of new products.  

Interest  Expense.  Our  fiscal  2009  interest  expense  of  $0.2 million  decreased  88.0%  compared  to  our  fiscal  2008  interest 
expense  of  $1.4 million.  This  decrease  was  a  result  of  a  reduction  in  expense  on  our  revolving  line  of  credit  due  to  minimal 
borrowing activity in fiscal 2009, the conversion of our convertible debt into common stock as a result of the completion of our 
IPO  and  the  subsequent  elimination  of  $0.5 million  of  interest  recorded  in  fiscal  2008  and  capitalization  of  $0.2 million  of 
interest expense in fiscal 2009 for construction related to our corporate technology center.  

Dividend and Interest Income. Our fiscal 2009 dividend and interest income of $1.7 million increased 39.7% compared to 
our fiscal 2008 dividend and interest income of $1.2 million. This increase was a result of the full year impact of interest income 
earned on the invested proceeds from our IPO completed in December 2007.  

Income Taxes. Our fiscal 2009 income tax expense of $0.9 million decreased 66.3% compared to our fiscal 2008 income 
tax expense of $2.8 million due to our decreased pre-tax income. Our fiscal 2009 effective income tax rate was 64.5% compared 
to  38.1%  for  our  fiscal  2008.  The  increase  in  our  effective  rate  was  due  to  the  impact  of  non-deductible  stock  compensation 
expense related to prior issuances of incentive stock options.  

39 

   
Table of Contents 

Quarterly Results of Operations 

The  following  tables  present  our  unaudited  quarterly  results  of  operations  for  the  last  eight  fiscal  quarters  in  the  period 
ended March 31, 2010 (i) on an absolute dollar basis (in thousands) and (ii) as a percentage of total revenue for the applicable 
fiscal quarter. You should read the following tables in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes 
contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K. In our opinion, the unaudited financial information presented below has been prepared 
on  the  same  basis  as  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  includes  all  adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal 
recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our operating results for the fiscal quarters presented. 
Operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future fiscal quarters or for a full fiscal 
year.  

Product revenue 
Service revenue 
Total revenue 

Cost of product revenue 
Cost of service revenue 
Total cost of revenue 

Gross profit 
General and administrative 

expenses 

Sales and marketing expenses 
Research and development 

expenses 

Income (loss) from operations 
Interest expense 
Extinguishment of debt 
Dividend and interest income 
Income (loss) before income tax 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 

     2008 

     2008 

     2009 

For the Three Months Ended 
  June 30,     Sept. 30,      Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,     June 30,     Sept. 30,      Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,   
   2008 

     2009 
(in thousands, unaudited) 
  $  12,889     $  17,280     $  20,671     $  12,168     $  10,677     $  13,763     $  17,205     $  16,582   
856        2,090        2,294   
     3,217        1,480        1,704        3,225        1,951       
     16,106        18,760        22,375        15,393        12,628        14,619        19,295        18,876   
     8,613        11,467        13,644        8,511        7,872        9,222        10,633        10,901   
     2,296       
632        1,568        1,811   
     10,909        12,425        14,955        10,747        9,127        9,854        12,201        12,712   
     5,197        6,335        7,420        4,646        3,501        4,765        7,094        6,164   

958        1,311        2,236        1,255       

     2009 

     2010 

     2009 

     2,615        2,893        2,438        2,505        3,163        3,143        3,051        3,479   
     2,652        2,771        2,741        3,097        3,152        2,962        3,063        3,420   

418       
(488 )     
67       
—      
617       
62       
28       
34     $ 

  $ 

347       

419       

373       
491       
804       
298        1,894        (1,760 )      (3,233 )      (1,831 )     
74       
26       
41       
—      
—      
—      
550       
76       
169       
807        2,186        (1,617 )      (3,166 )      (1,829 )     
354        1,032       
(430 )     
(487 )     
453     $  1,154     $  (1,130 )   $  (2,773 )   $  (1,399 )   $ 

56       
—      
123       

33       
—      
325       

(393 )     

67       
—      
49       

404       
576   
576        (1,311 ) 
63   
250   
21   
558        (1,103 ) 
(278 ) 
(249 )     
(825 ) 
807     $ 

Product revenue 
Service revenue 
Total revenue 

Cost of product revenue 
Cost of service revenue 
Total cost of revenue 

Gross margin 
General and administrative 

expenses 

Sales and marketing expenses 
Research and development 

expenses 

Income (loss) from operations      
Interest expense 
Extinguishment of debt 
Dividend and interest income 
Income (loss) before income 

tax 

Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 

  June 30,   
   2008 

  Sept. 30,      Dec. 31,      Mar. 31,   
   2008 

      2008        2009 

  June 30,   
   2009 

  Sept. 30,   
   2009 

  Dec. 31,   
   2009    

  Mar. 31,   
   2010 

(unaudited) 
79.0 %     
21.0 %     

92.4 %     
7.6 %     

92.1 %     
7.9 %     

80.0 %     
20.0 %     

87.8 % 
12.2 % 
     100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 % 
57.8 % 
9.6 % 
67.3 % 
32.7 % 

55.1 %     
8.1 %     
63.2 %     
36.8 %     

63.1 %     
4.3 %     
67.4 %     
32.6 %     

62.3 %     
9.9 %     
72.3 %     
27.7 %     

55.3 %     
14.5 %     
69.8 %     
30.2 %     

53.5 %     
14.3 %     
67.7 %     
32.3 %     

61.0 %     
5.9 %     
66.8 %     
33.2 %     

61.1 %     
5.1 %     
66.2 %     
33.8 %     

89.2 %     
10.8 %     

94.1 %     
5.9 %     

84.6 %     
15.4 %     

16.2 %     
16.5 %     

15.4 %     
14.8 %     

10.9 %     
12.3 %     

16.3 %     
20.1 %     

25.0 %     
25.0 %     

21.5 %     
20.3 %     

15.8 %     
15.9 %     

18.4 % 
18.1 % 

2.6 %     
(3.0 )%     
0.4 %     
0.0 %     
3.8 %     

0.4 %     
0.2 %     
0.2 %     

2.0 %     
1.6 %     
0.2 %     
0.0 %     
2.9 %     

4.3 %     
1.9 %     
2.4 %     

1.6 %     
8.4 %     
0.1 %     
0.0 %     
1.5 %     

9.8 %     
4.6 %     
5.2 %     

5.2 %     
(11.4 )%     
0.2 %     
0.0 %     
1.1 %     

3.3 %     
(25.6 )%     
0.4 %     
0.0 %     
1.0 %     

3.4 %     
(12.5 )%     
0.5 %     
0.0 %     
0.5 %     

2.1 %     
3.0 %     
0.3 %     
0.0 %     
0.3 %     

(10.5 )%     
(3.2 )%     
(7.3 )%     

(25.1 )%     
(3.1 )%     
(22.0 )%     

(12.5 )%     
(2.9 )%     
(9.6 )%     

2.9 %     
(1.3 )%     
4.2 %     

3.1 % 
(6.9 )% 
0.3 % 
1.3 % 
0.1 % 

(5.8 )% 
(1.5 )% 
(4.4 )% 

Our  total  revenue  can  fluctuate  from  quarter  to  quarter  depending  on  the  purchasing  decisions  of  our  customers  and  our 
overall level of sales activity.  Additionally, our  quarterly  revenues can be impacted  by  the mix  of our bookings between cash 
sales  and  OTA/OVPP  contracts,  as  OTA/OVPP  revenues  are  deferred  into  future  periods  over  the  term  of  the  agreements. 
Historically,  our  customers  have  tended  to  increase  their  purchases  near  the  beginning  or  end  of  their  capital  budget  cycles, 
which tend to correspond to the beginning or end of the calendar year. As a result, we have in the past experienced lower relative 
total revenue in our fiscal first and second quarters and higher relative total revenue in our fiscal third quarter. These seasonal 
fluctuations have been largely offset by our customers’ decisions to initiate multiple facility roll-outs. We expect that there may 
be  future  variations  in  our  quarterly  total  revenue  depending  on  our  level  of  national  account  roll-out  projects  and  wholesale 
sales. Our results for any particular fiscal quarter may not be indicative of results for other fiscal quarters or an entire fiscal year. 

40 

   
  
      
         
        
         
         
         
        
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
       
         
          
  
       
  
       
  
      
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Overview 

On  December 24,  2007,  we  completed  our  initial  public  offering,  or  IPO.  Net  proceeds  to  us  from  our  IPO  were 
approximately $82.8 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before the deduction of offering expenses). We 
invested the net proceeds from our IPO in money market funds and short-term government agency bonds.  

We  had  approximately  $23.4 million  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  $1.0 million  in  short-term  investments  as  of 
March 31,  2010  compared  to  $36.2 million  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  $6.5  million  in  short-term  investments  as  of 
March 31, 2009. Our cash equivalents are invested in money market accounts and bank certificates of deposits with maturities of 
less than 90 days and an average yield of 0.2%. Our short-term investment account consists of a bank certificate of deposit in the 
amount of $1.0 million with an expiration date of June 2010 and a yield of 1.7%.  

We  currently  have  been  using  our  cash-on-hand,  including  $4.8 million  during  fiscal  2010,  to  fund  our  investment  of 
company  owned  equipment  under  our  OTA/OVPP  and  PPA  projects.  We  expect  that  our  volume  of  financed  projects  will 
continue  to  increase  in  the  future  and  that  the  cash  required  to  fund  these  projects  will  continue  to  increase  as  well.  We  also 
recognize  that  our  ability  to  grow  revenues  through  these  programs  will  continue  to  deplete  our  cash  resources  if  we  do  not 
secure  additional  funding  sources.  We  are  exploring  potential  financing  alternatives  to  support  the  expected  growth  of  our 
OTA/OVPP contract volumes.  

The current recessionary state of the global economy could potentially have negative effects on our near-term liquidity and 
capital resources, including slower collections of receivables, delays of existing order deliveries and postponements of incoming 
orders. However, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our anticipated cash flows from operating activities and 
our  borrowing  capacity  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  anticipated  cash  needs  for  the  next 
12 months. As of March 31, 2010, we were in a strong financial position with $24.4 million in cash and short-term investments. 
For that reason, we do not anticipate drawing on our $25.0 million line of credit nor do we expect to use significant amounts of 
our cash balances for operating activities during fiscal 2011. Our future working capital requirements thereafter will depend on 
many factors, including our rate of revenue, our rate of OVPP and OTA growth, our rate of investment into our financed sales 
programs,  our  introduction  of  new  products  and  services  and  enhancements  to  our  existing  energy  management  system,  the 
timing and extent of expansions of our sales force and other administrative and production personnel, the timing and extent of 
advertising and promotional campaigns, and our research and development activities.  

Cash Flows 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for our fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010:  

Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

$ 

$ 

2008 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 
(in thousands) 
3,239     
$ 
(17,873 )   
(27,515 )   
(42,149 )   

(1,362 )   
(7,437 )   
86,826     
78,027     

$ 

$ 

$ 

2010 

(8,574 ) 
(5,214 ) 
989   
(12,799 ) 

Cash  Flows  Related  to  Operating  Activities.  Cash  used  in  operating  activities  primarily  consists  of  net  income 
(loss) adjusted for certain non-cash items including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expenses, income 
taxes and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.  

Cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2010 was $8.6 million and consisted of net cash of $7.9 million used for working 
capital purposes and net loss adjusted non-cash expenses of $0.7 million, compared to net cash provided by operating activities 
in fiscal 2009 of $3.2 million. The $4.6 million increase in cash provided from operating activities in fiscal 2009 compared to 
fiscal 2008 was primarily due to improved collections of our accounts receivable.  

41 

   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Cash  Flows  Related  to  Investing  Activities.  Cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $7.4  million,  $17.9 million  and 
$5.2 million for fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. In fiscal 2010, we invested $5.6 million in capital expenditures related 
to the completion of our new corporate technology center, operating and customer relationship software systems, a photovoltaic 
solar generated power system and for purchases of manufacturing equipment and tooling. Additionally, we invested $4.8 million 
in equipment related to our OVPP and PPA finance programs and $0.3 million for the development of our intellectual property. 
We  generated  cash  flow  from  investing  activities  of  $5.5 million  from  the  sale  of  short-term  investments.  In  fiscal  2009,  we 
invested $13.1 million in capital expenditures in our new corporate technology center, operating software systems, improvements 
in our manufacturing facility and for purchases of equipment and tooling. We also invested $4.1 million in short term certificate 
of  deposits  and  spent  $1.0 million  for  the  purchase  of  intellectual  property  rights  from  an  executive,  partially  offset  by  net 
proceeds  from  the  sale  of  an  investment  of  $0.5 million.  In  fiscal  2008,  our  principal  cash  investments  were  for  purchases  of 
processing  equipment,  construction  costs  for  our  new  technology  center  and  other  improvements  to  our  facility,  short  term 
government investment securities and continued development of our intellectual property.  

Cash  Flows  Related to Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities was $1.0 million for fiscal  2010.  This 
included proceeds  of  $2.0 million received  from stock  option and warrant  exercises, $0.2 million for  proceeds from long-term 
debt and $80,000 for excess tax benefits from stock based compensation. Cash used in financing activities included $0.8 million 
for debt principal payments and $0.5 million used for common share repurchases.  

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $27.5 million  for  fiscal  2009.  The  use  of  cash  was  due  to  $29.3 million  used  for 
common share repurchases and $0.9 million of debt principal payments, offset by $1.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of 
common stock options and warrants and $1.1 million for the impact of deferred taxes on our stock based compensation.  

Cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $86.8 million  for  fiscal  2008.  This  increase  in  cash  provided  was  due  to 
$78.6 million of net  proceeds from  our initial  public offering,  $10.6 million  of gross proceeds  raised from  the issuance  of our 
convertible  notes,  $2.0 million  from  stock  option  and  warrant  exercises,  $0.8 million  from  shareholder  note  payments  and 
$0.8 million  from  debt  proceeds,  offset  by  payments  on  our  line  of  credit  of  $6.1 million  and  debt  principal  payments  of 
$0.7 million.  

Working Capital 

Our  net  working  capital  as  of  March 31,  2010  was  $55.7 million,  consisting  of  $67.9 million  in  current  assets  and 
$12.2 million in current liabilities. Our net working capital as of March 31, 2009 was $67.5 million, consisting of $78.4 million 
in current assets and $10.9 million in current liabilities. Our inventories have increased from our prior year by $6.4 million due to 
an increase in the level of our wireless control inventories and an increase in ballast component inventories. The vast majority of 
our  wireless  components  are  assembled  overseas,  require  longer  delivery  lead  times  and  supplies  require  deposit  payments  at 
time  of  purchase  order.  We  increased  our  inventory  levels  of  ballasts  due  to  concerns  over  supply  availability  resulting  from 
extended  lead  times  for  product  shipping  out  of  Asia.  We  generally  attempt  to  maintain  a  three-month  supply  of  on-hand 
inventory of purchased components and raw materials to meet anticipated demand, as well as to reduce our risk of unexpected 
raw  material  or  component  shortages  or  supply  interruptions.  Recently,  we  increased  our  inventory  levels  of  key  electrical 
components to avoid shortages and customer service issues as a result of lengthening supply lead times and product availability 
issues. Our accounts receivables, inventory and payables may increase to the extent our revenue and order levels increase.  

Indebtedness 

On March 18, 2008, we entered into a credit agreement to replace a previous agreement between us and Wells Fargo Bank, 
N.A.  The  credit  agreement  provides  for  a  revolving  credit  facility  that  matures  on  August 31,  2010.  The  initial  maximum 
aggregate amount of availability under the line of credit is $25.0 million. In December 2008, we briefly drew $4.0 million on the 
line of credit due to the timing of treasury repurchases and funds available in our operating account. In May 2009, we completed 
an  amendment  to  the  credit  agreement,  effective  as  of  March 31,  2009,  which  formalized  Wells  Fargo’s  prior  consent  to  our 
treasury repurchase program, increased the capital expenditures covenant for fiscal 2009 and revised certain financial covenants 
by adding a minimum requirement for unencumbered liquid assets, increasing the quarterly rolling net income requirement and 
modifying the merger and acquisition covenant exemption. In December 2009, we completed a second amendment to the credit 
agreement which formalized Wells Fargo’s prior consent to our prior failure to meet our net earnings and fixed charge coverage 
ratio  covenants,  limited  borrowings  to  a  percentage  of  eligible  money  market  funds  held  in  a  Wells  Fargo  account,  revised 
certain  financial  covenants  by  removing  the  minimum  requirement  for  unencumbered  assets  and  removing  the  fixed  charge 
coverage  ratio,  decreased  the  quarterly  rolling  net  income  requirement,  removed  the  first  lien  security  interest  in  all  of  our 
accounts receivable, general intangibles and inventory, and removed the second lien priority in all of our equipment and fixtures 
and reduced the fee rate of the unused amounts on the line of credit. As of March 31, 2009 and 2010, there was no outstanding 
balance due on the line of credit.  

We must pay a fee of 0.15% on the average daily unused amount of the line of credit and fees upon the issuance of each 

letter of credit equal to 1.25% per annum of the principal amount thereof.  

42 

   
Table of Contents 

The  credit  agreement  provides  that  we  have  the  option  to  select  the  interest  rate  applicable  to  all  or  a  portion  of  the 
outstanding principal balance of the line of credit either (i) at a fluctuating rate per annum 1.00% below the prime rate in effect 
from time to time, or (ii) at a fixed rate per annum determined by Wells Fargo to be 1.25% above LIBOR. Interest is payable on 
the  last  day  of  each  month.  The  credit  agreement  contains  certain  financial  covenants  including  minimum  net  income 
requirements and requirements that we maintain a net worth ratio at prescribed levels. The credit agreement also contains certain 
restrictions on our ability to make capital or lease expenditures over prescribed limits, incur additional indebtedness, consolidate 
or merge, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on our stock, 
redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or pledge assets.  

In  addition  to  our  line  of  credit,  we  also  have  other  existing  long-term  indebtedness  and  obligations  under  various  debt 
instruments  and  capital  lease  obligations,  including  pursuant  to  a  bank  term  note,  a  bank  first  mortgage,  a  debenture  to  a 
community development organization, a federal block grant loan, two city industrial revolving loans and various capital leases 
and equipment purchase notes. As of March 31, 2010, the total amount of principal outstanding on these various obligations was 
$3.7 million. These obligations have varying maturity dates between 2011 and 2024 and bear interest at annual rates of between 
2.0%  and  12.1%.  The  weighted  average  annual  interest  rate  of  such  obligations  as  of  March 31,  2010  was  5.6%.  Based  on 
interest rates in effect as of March 31, 2010, we expect that our total debt service payments on such obligations for fiscal 2011, 
including scheduled principal, lease and interest payments, but excluding any repayment of borrowings on our line of credit, will 
approximate $0.7 million. All of these obligations are subject to security interests on our assets. Several of these obligations have 
covenants,  such  as  customary  financial  and  restrictive  covenants,  including  maintenance  of  a  minimum  debt  service  coverage 
ratio; a minimum current ratio; quarterly rolling net income requirement; limitations on executive compensation and advances; 
limits on capital expenditures per year; limits on distributions; and restrictions on our ability to make loans, advances, extensions 
of  credit,  investments,  capital  contributions,  incur  additional  indebtedness,  create  liens,  guaranty  obligations,  merge  or 
consolidate or undergo a change in control. As of March 31, 2010, we were in compliance with all such covenants, as amended.  

Capital Spending 

We have made capital expenditures primarily for general corporate purposes for our corporate headquarters and technology 
center, production equipment and tooling and for information technology systems. Our capital expenditures totaled $5.6 million, 
$13.1 million  and  $5.0 million  in  fiscal  2010,  2009  and  2008,  respectively.  We  plan  to  incur  approximately  $3.2 million  in 
capital  expenditures  in  fiscal  2011.  Our  capital  expenditures  will  be  used  to  complete  our  ERP  system,  originally  undertaken 
during  fiscal  2010,  and  which  we  consider  critical  to  our  operations,  renewable  energy-related  expenditures,  new  product 
development  and  for  manufacturing  and  tooling  improvements.  We  expect  to  finance  these  capital  expenditures  primarily 
through our existing cash, equipment secured loans and leases, to the extent needed, or by using our available capacity under our 
revolving credit facility.  

Contractual Obligations 

Information regarding our known contractual obligations of the types described below as of March 31, 2010 is set forth in 

the following table:  

Payments Due By Period 

Bank debt obligations 
Capital lease obligations 
Cash interest payments on debt and 

$ 

3,711     
7     

$ 

963     
2,760     

capital leases 

Operating lease obligations 
Purchase order and cap-ex 

commitments(1) 

Total 

Total 

Less than      

1 Year 

1-3 Years      
(in thousands) 
1,163     
$ 
1     

     More than   

3-5 Years      

5 Years 

$ 

856     
—    

$ 

1,136   
—  

284     
1,437     

164     
262     

326   
108   

556     
6     

189     
953     

13,013     
20,454     

$ 

12,719     
14,423     

$ 

$ 

294     
3,179     

$ 

—    
1,282     

$ 

—  
1,570   

(1)    Reflects non-cancellable purchase commitments in the amount of $12.4 million for certain inventory items entered into in 
order  to  secure  better  pricing  and  ensure  materials  on  hand  and  capital  expenditure  commitments  in  the  amount  of 
$0.6 million for the completion of improvements to information technology systems. 

43 

   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
Table of Contents 

The  table  of  contractual  obligations  and  commitments  does  not  include  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  which  were 
$0.4 million  at  March 31,  2010.  We  have  a  high  degree  of  uncertainty  regarding  the  timing  of  any  adjustments  to  these 
unrecognized benefits. Furthermore, we believe that any negative impact from future tax audits would result in a minimal cash 
liability due to our net operating loss carryforwards.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.  

Inflation 

Our results from operations have not been, and we do not expect them to be, materially affected by inflation.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  based  upon  our consolidated  financial 
statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States.  The 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make certain estimates and judgments that affect our reported 
assets,  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses,  and  our  related  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities.  We  re-evaluate  our 
estimates  on  an  ongoing  basis,  including  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  inventory  valuation,  the  collectability  of 
receivables, stock-based compensation, warranty reserves and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and 
on various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. 
A summary of our critical accounting policies is set forth below.  

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when the following criteria have been met: there is persuasive evidence of an 
arrangement; delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer; the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further 
obligation exists; and collectability is reasonably assured. The majority of our revenue is recognized when products are shipped 
to a customer or when services are completed and acceptance provisions, if any, have been met. In certain of our contracts, we 
provide multiple deliverables. We record the revenue associated with each element of these arrangements based on its fair value, 
which  is  generally  the  price  charged  for  the  element  when  sold  on  a  standalone  basis.  Since  we  contract  with  vendors  for 
installation services to  our  customers,  which  includes  recycling  of  old fixtures, we  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  installation 
services  based on  negotiated  pricing with such  vendors.  Additionally, we  offer  our OVPP  sales-type financing program  under 
which we finance the customer’s purchase. Our OVPP contracts under this sales-type financing program are typically one year in 
duration  and,  at the completion  of  the  initial  one-year term,  provide  for (i) one  to  four  automatic  one-year renewals at  agreed 
upon pricing; (ii) an early buyout for cash; or (iii) the return of the equipment at the customer’s expense. The monthly revenue 
that we are entitled to receive from the sale of our lighting fixtures under our OVPP financing program is fixed and is based on 
the cost of the lighting fixtures and applicable profit margin. Our revenue from agreements entered into under this program is not 
dependent upon our customers’ actual energy savings. Upon completion of the installation, we may choose to sell the future cash 
flows and residual rights to the equipment on a non-recourse basis to an unrelated third party finance company in exchange for 
cash and future payments. In the event that we do sell the future revenue streams, we recognize revenue based on the net present 
value of the future payments from the third party finance company upon completion of the project.  

Deferred  revenue  or  deferred  costs  are  recorded  for  project  sales  consisting  of  multiple  elements,  where  the  criteria  for 
revenue recognition have not been met. The majority of our deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings or to prepaid 
services to be provided at determined future dates. As of March 31, 2009 and 2010, our deferred revenue was $0.1 million and 
$0.5 million, respectively. In the event that a customer project contains multiple elements that are not sold on a standalone basis, 
we defer all related revenue and costs until the project is complete. Deferred costs on product are recorded as a current asset as 
project  completions  occur  within  a  few  months.  As  of  March 31,  2009  and  2010,  our  deferred  costs  were  $0.3 million  and 
$0.4 million, respectively.  

Inventories.  Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  value  and  include  raw  materials,  work  in  process  and 
finished goods. Items are removed from inventory using the first-in, first-out method. Work in process inventories are comprised 
of  raw  materials  that  have  been  converted  into  components  for  final  assembly.  Inventory  amounts  include  the  cost  to 
manufacture the item, such as the cost of raw materials and related freight, labor and other applied overhead costs. We review 
our inventory for obsolescence and marketability. If the estimated market value, which is based upon assumptions about future 
demand  and  market  conditions,  falls  below  cost,  then  the  inventory  value  is  reduced  to  its  market  value.  Our  inventory 
obsolescence reserves at March 31, 2009 and 2010 were $0.7 million and $0.8 million.  

44 

   
Table of Contents 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We perform ongoing evaluations of our customers and continuously monitor collections 
and payments and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the aging of the underlying receivables, our historical 
experience  with  write-offs  and  specific  customer  collection  issues  that  we  have  identified.  While  such  credit  losses  have 
historically  been  within  our  expectations,  and  we  believe  appropriate  reserves  have  been  established,  we  may  not  adequately 
predict future credit losses. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate and result in an impairment of their 
ability to make payments, additional allowances might be required which would result in additional general and administrative 
expense  in  the  period  such  determination  is  made.  Our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  was  $0.2  million  and  $0.4 million  at 
March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010.  

Investments. Our accounting and disclosures for short-term investments are in accordance with the requirements of the Fair 
Value Measurements and Disclosure, Financial Instrument, and Investments: Debt and Security Topics of the FASB Accounting 
Standards  Codification.  The  Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosure  Topic  defines  fair  value,  establishes  a  framework  for 
measuring fair value under GAAP and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the 
price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous 
market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  on  the  measurement  date.  Valuation 
techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. 
GAAP  describes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  based  on  the  following  three  levels  of  inputs,  of  which  the  first  two  are  considered 
observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:  

Level 1 —  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2 —  Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar 
assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can 
be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. 

Level 3 —  Unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity  and  that  are  significant  to  the  fair 

value of the assets or liabilities. 

As of March 31, 2009 and 2010, our financial assets were measured at fair value employing level 1 inputs.  

Stock-Based Compensation. We have historically issued stock options to our employees, executive officers and directors. 
Effective  April 1,  2006, we  adopted  the provisions  of  ASC  718,  Compensation  —  Stock  Compensation  ,  which  requires  us  to 
expense the estimated fair value of employee stock options and similar awards based on the fair value of the award on the date of 
grant. We adopted ASC 718 using the modified prospective method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized 
for fiscal 2007 included the current period’s cost for all stock options granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, April 1, 2006. 
This cost was based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of ASC 718. The cost for all 
stock options granted subsequent to March 31, 2006 represented the grant date fair value that was estimated in accordance with 
the  provisions  of  ASC  718.  Results  for  prior  periods  have  not  been  restated.  Compensation  cost  for  options  granted  after 
March 31,  2006  has  been  and  will  be  recognized  in  earnings,  net  of  estimated  forfeitures,  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
requisite service period.  

Both  prior to  and following our April 1, 2006 adoption  of ASC  718, the  fair  value  of  each option for  financial  reporting 
purposes was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used 
for grants:  

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

Weighted average expected term 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected forfeiture rate 
Expected dividend yield 

4.0 years      
3.92 %   
60 %   
6 %   
0 %   

5.7 years      
3.01 %   
60 %   
2 %   
0 %   

6.6 years   

2.68 % 
60 % 
3 % 
0 % 

45 

   
  
  
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of certain assumptions, including fair value, expected term, risk-
free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividends, and expected forfeiture rate to calculate the fair value of stock-based 
payment awards.  

We  estimated  the  expected  term  of  our  stock  options  based  on  the  vesting  term  of  our  options  and  expected  exercise 

behavior.  

Our risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on United States treasury zero-coupon issues as of the 

option grant date with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of the option.  

For  fiscal  2008,  2009  and 2010, we  determined  volatility  based  on  an  analysis  of a peer  group of public  companies. We 
intend to continue to consistently use the same methodology and group of publicly traded peer companies as we used in fiscal 
2010 to determine volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding the volatility of our share price becomes available 
or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose.  

As  required  by  our  2004  Stock  and  Incentive  Awards  Plan,  since  the  closing  of  our  initial  public  offering  in 
December 2007, we have solely used the closing sale price of our common shares on the NYSE Amex or the NASDAQ Global 
Market on the date of grant to establish the exercise price of our stock options.  

We recognized stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718 of $1.6 million for fiscal 2009 and $1.5 million for fiscal 
2010. As of March 31, 2010, $4.5 million of total stock option compensation cost was expected to be recognized by us over a 
weighted average period of 6.9 years. We expect to recognize $1.4 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2011 
based on our stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2010. This expense will increase further to the extent we have granted, or 
will grant, additional stock options in fiscal 2011.  

Common  Stock  Warrants.  We  issued  common  stock  warrants  to  placement  agents  in  connection  with  our  various  stock 
offerings  and  services  rendered  in  fiscal  2006  and  2007.  The  value  of  warrants  recorded  as  offering  costs  was  $30,000  and 
$18,000 in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007. The value of warrants recorded for services was $6,000 in fiscal 2006. As of March 31, 
2010, warrants were outstanding to purchase a total of 76,240 shares of our common stock at weighted average exercise prices of 
$2.37  per  share.  These  warrants  were  valued  using  a  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following  assumptions: 
(i) contractual  terms  of  five  years;  (ii) weighted  average  risk-free  interest  rates  of  4.35%  to  4.62%;  (iii) expected  volatility 
ranging between 50% and 60%; and (iv) dividend yields of 0%.  

Accounting for Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to 
determine our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current 
tax expenses, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from recognition of items for income tax and accounting 
purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. 
We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent 
we  believe  that  recovery  is  not  likely,  establish  a  valuation  allowance.  To  the  extent  we  establish  a  valuation  allowance  or 
increase  this  allowance  in  a  period,  we  must  reflect  this  increase  as  an  expense  within  the  tax  provision  in  our  statements  of 
operations.  

Our  judgment  is  required  in  determining  our  provision  for  income  taxes,  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  and  any 
valuation  allowance  recorded  against  our  net  deferred  tax  assets.  We  continue  to  monitor  the  realizability  of  our  deferred  tax 
assets and adjust the valuation allowance accordingly. For fiscal 2010, we have determined that a valuation allowance against 
our net state deferred tax assets was necessary in the amount of $408,000 due to our state apportioned income and the potential 
expiration of state tax credits due to the carryforward periods. In making this determination, we considered all available positive 
and  negative  evidence,  including  projected  future  taxable  income,  tax  planning  strategies,  recent  financial  performance  and 
ownership changes.  

We believe that past issuances and transfers of our stock caused an ownership change in fiscal 2007 that affected the timing 
of the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, but we do not believe the ownership change affects the use of the full amount 
of  the  net  operating  loss  carryforwards.  As  a  result,  our  ability  to  use  our  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  attributable  to  the 
period prior to such ownership change to offset taxable income will be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could 
potentially result in increased future tax liability for us.  

46 

   
Table of Contents 

As of March 31, 2010, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $14.5 million for federal tax purposes and 
$8.4 million for state tax purposes. Included in these loss carryforwards were $6.1 million for federal and $3.1 million for state 
tax  expenses  that  were  associated  with  the  exercise  of  non-qualified  stock  options.  The  benefit  from  our  net  operating  losses 
created from these compensation expenses has not yet been recognized in our financial statements and will be accounted for in 
our  shareholders’  equity  as  a  credit  to  additional  paid-in-capital  as  the  deduction  reduces  our  income  taxes  payable.  We  first 
recognize  tax benefits  from current period stock option expenses against current period income.  The  remaining current period 
income  is  offset  by  net  operating  losses  under  the  tax  law  ordering  approach.  Under  this  approach,  we  will  utilize  the  net 
operating losses from stock option expenses last.  

We also had federal tax credit carryforwards of $0.5 million and state tax credit carryforwards of $120,000, which is net of 
a  $408,000  valuation  allowance.  Both  the  net  operating  losses  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  will  begin  to  expire  in  varying 
amounts between 2014 and 2030. We recognize penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. 
Penalties  and  interest  were  immaterial  as  of  the  date  of  adoption  and  are  included  in  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  Due  to  the 
existence of net operating loss and credit carryforwards, all years since 2002 are open to examination by tax authorities.  

By their nature, tax laws are often subject to interpretation. Further complicating matters is that in those cases where a tax 
position is open to interpretation, differences of opinion can result in differing conclusions as to the amount of tax benefits to be 
recognized under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 740, Income Taxes . 
ASC 740 utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Recognition (Step 1) occurs when an enterprise concludes that 
a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (Step 
2)  is  only  addressed  if  Step  1  has  been  satisfied.  Under  Step  2,  the  tax  benefit  is  measured  as  the  largest  amount  of  benefit, 
determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Consequently, 
the level of evidence and documentation necessary to support a position prior to being given recognition and measurement within 
the financial  statements  is  a  matter  of  judgment that depends  on all  available  evidence.  As  of  March 31, 2010, the balance of 
gross unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.4 million, all of which would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if 
recognized. We believe that the estimates and judgments discussed herein are reasonable, however, actual results could differ, 
which could result in gains or losses that could be material.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See Note B —Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements 
for  a  full  description  of  recent  accounting  pronouncements  including  the  respective  expected  dates  of  adoption  and  expected 
effects on results of operations and financial condition.  

Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market  risk  is  the  risk  of  loss  related  to  changes  in  market  prices,  including  interest  rates,  foreign  exchange  rates  and 

commodity pricing that may adversely impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

Inflation. Our results from operations have not been, and we do not expect them to be, materially affected by inflation.  

Foreign Exchange Risk. We face minimal exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our foreign 

currency losses for all reporting periods have been nominal.  

Interest  Rate  Risk.  Our  investments  consist  primarily  of  investments  in  money  market  funds  and  certificate  of  deposits. 
While the instruments we hold are subject to changes in the financial standing of the issuer of such securities, we do not believe 
that  we  are  subject  to  any  material  risks  arising  from  changes  in  interest  rates,  foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  commodity 
prices, equity prices or other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. It is our policy not to enter into interest 
rate derivative financial instruments. As a result, we do not currently have any significant interest rate exposure.  

As  of  March 31,  2010,  $0.9 million  of  our  $3.7 million  of  outstanding  debt  was  at  floating  interest  rates.  An  increase  of 

1.0% in the prime rate would result in an increase in our interest expense of approximately $9,300 per year.  

Commodity Price Risk. We are exposed to certain commodity price risks associated with our purchases of raw materials, 
most significantly our aluminum purchases. We attempt to mitigate commodity price fluctuation for our aluminum through 12-
to 24-month forward fixed-price purchase orders and minimum quantity purchase commitments with suppliers. Additionally, we 
recycle  legacy  HID  fixtures  and  recover  the  salvaged  scrap  value  which  we  believe  provides  a  raw  materials  cost  hedge  as 
commodity prices change.  

47 

   
Table of Contents 

ITEM 8.   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Operations 

Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Shareholders’ Equity 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

48 

Page 
Number 

49    

51   

52   

53   

54   

55   

   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
Table of Contents 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Orion Energy Systems, Inc.  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. (a Wisconsin Corporation) as of 
March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, temporary equity and shareholders’ equity, and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2010. Our audits of the basic financial statements included 
the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  index  appearing  under  item  15(b).  These  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to  above present fairly,  in all material  respects, the  consolidated 
financial position of Orion Energy Systems, Inc as of March 31, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations 
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles 
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial  statement  schedule,  when 
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information 
set forth therein.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States), 
Orion  Energy  Systems,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March 31,  2010,  based  on  criteria  established  in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO) and our report dated June 14, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion.  

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP  

Milwaukee, Wisconsin  
June 14, 2010  

49 

   
Table of Contents 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Orion Energy Systems, Inc.  

We  have  audited  Orion  Energy  Systems,  Inc.’s  (a  Wisconsin  Corporation)  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
March 31,  2010,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Orion Energy Systems Inc.’s management is responsible for 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting  .  Our 
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  Orion  Energy  Systems  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our 
audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and 
operating  effectiveness of internal  control based on the assessed  risk,  and  performing such other procedures as we  considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, Orion Energy Systems, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of March 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  March 31,  2009  and  2010,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 
operations, temporary equity and shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 
2010 and our report dated June 14, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.  

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP  

Milwaukee, Wisconsin  
June 14, 2010  

50 

   
Table of Contents 

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $222 and $382 
Inventories, net 
Deferred tax assets 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Patents and licenses, net 
Deferred tax assets 
Other long-term assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Current maturities of long-term debt 

Total current liabilities 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Long-term debt, less current maturities 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note G) 
Shareholders’ equity: 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: Shares authorized: 30,000,000 shares at March 31, 2009 and 

2010; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2009 and 2010 

Common stock, no par value: Shares authorized: 200,000,000 at March 31, 2009 and 2010; shares 

issued: 28,875,879 and 29,911,203 at March 31, 2009 and 2010; shares outstanding: 
21,528,783 and 22,442,380 at March 31, 2009 and 2010 

Additional paid-in capital 
Treasury stock: 7,347,096 common shares at March 31, 2009 and 7,468,823 at March 31, 2010 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Retained earnings (deficit) 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

  $ 

March 31, 

2009 

2010 

36,163     $ 
6,490       
11,572       
19,582       
548       
4,019       
78,374       
22,999       
1,404       
593       
352       
103,722     $ 

7,817     $ 
2,315       
—      
815       
10,947       
3,647       
433       
15,027       

23,364   
1,000   
14,617   
25,991   
—  
2,974   
67,946   
30,500   
1,590   
2,610   
975   
103,621   

7,761   
3,844   
44   
562   
12,211   
3,156   
584   
15,951   

—      

—  

—      
118,907       
(31,536 )     
(32 )     
1,356       
88,695       
103,722     $ 

—  
122,515   
(32,011 ) 
—  
(2,834 ) 
87,670   
103,621   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.  

51 

   
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
   
  
    
  
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

Product revenue 
Service revenue 

Total revenue 
Cost of product revenue 
Cost of service revenue 

Total cost of revenue 
Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 
General and administrative 
Sales and marketing 
Research and development 

Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) from operations 

Other income (expense): 
Interest expense 
Extinguishment of debt 
Dividend and interest income 

Total other income (expense) 
Income (loss) before income tax 

Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock dividends 
Participation rights of preferred stock in undistributed earnings 

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders 

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding 
Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders 
Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents outstanding 

$ 

$ 

$ 

65,359     
15,328     
80,687     
42,127     
10,335     
52,462     
28,225     

10,200     
8,832     
1,832     
20,864     
7,361     

63,008     
9,626     
72,634     
42,235     
6,801     
49,036     
23,598     

10,451     
11,261     
1,942     
23,654     
(56 )   

58,227   
7,191   
65,418   
38,628   
5,266   
43,894   
21,524   

12,836   
12,596   
1,891   
27,323   
(5,799 ) 

(1,390 )   
—    
1,189     
(201 )   
7,160     
2,750     
4,410     
(225 )   
(775 )   
3,410     
$ 
$ 
0.22     
   15,548,189     
$ 
0.19     
   23,453,803     

(167 )   
—    
1,661     
1,494     
1,438     
927     
511     
—    
—    
511     
$ 
$ 
0.02     
   25,351,839     
$ 
0.02     
   27,445,290     

(260 ) 
250   
269   
259   
(5,540 ) 
(1,350 ) 
(4,190 ) 
—  
—  
(4,190 ) 
$ 
$ 
(0.19 ) 
   21,844,150   
$ 
(0.19 ) 
   21,844,150   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.  

52 

   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF TEMPORARY EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(in thousands, except share amounts) 

   Temporary Equity      
Series C 
Redeemable 

   Preferred Stock 
   Shares 

Preferred Stock 

Series A 

Series B 

     Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares 

     Amount       Shares 

Shareholders’ Equity 

Common Stock 

     Additional        
     Paid-in 
     Capital 

    Shareholder     

     Treasury       Notes 

Stock 

    Receivable     

     Accumulated      
Other 

    Retained     
    Comprehensive     Earnings     Shareholders’   
     (Deficit)      

Equity 

Total 

Loss 

Balance, 

March 31, 
2007 
Accretion of 

    1,818,182     $ 

4,953        —     $  —      2,989,830     $ 

5,959       12,038,499     $ 

9,438     $ 

(361 )   $ 

(2,128 )   $ 

—    $ 

(3,553 )   $ 

9,355   

preferred stock     

—      

225        —    

Accrued dividend 
conversion 

Changes in 

—      

(423 )      —    

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

(225 )     

—      

423       

(225 ) 

423   

shareholder 
notes 
receivable 
Initial public 
offering: 
conversion of 
preferred stock     (1,818,182 )     

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—      

(306,932 )     

—      

(1,378 )     

2,128       

—      

—      

750   

(4,755 )      —    

—      (2,989,830 )     

(5,959 )      4,808,012       

10,714       

—      

—      

—      

—      

4,755   

Initial public 
offering: 
conversion of 
debt 

Initial public 

offering, net of 
issuance costs 
of $4,246 
Issuance of stock 
and warrants 
for services 
Exercise of stock 
options and 
warrants for 
cash 

Tax benefit from 
exercise of 
stock options 

Stock-based 

compensation      

Adoption of FIN 

48 

Net income 
Unrealized loss 
on short-term 
investments 
Comprehensive 

income 

Balance, 

March 31, 
2008 

Issuance of stock 
and warrants 
for services 
Exercise of stock 
options and 
warrants for 
cash 

Tax benefit from 
exercise of 
stock options 

Stock-based 

compensation      

Treasury stock 
purchase 
Net income 
Unrealized loss 
on short-term 
investments 
Comprehensive 

income 

Balance, 

March 31, 
2009 

Issuance of stock 
and warrants 
for services 
Exercise of stock 
options and 
warrants for 
cash 

Tax benefit from 
exercise of 

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—       2,360,802       

10,762       

—      

—      

—      

—      

10,762   

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—       6,849,092       

78,559       

—      

—      

—      

—      

78,559   

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—      

2,210       

29       

—      

—      

—      

—      

29   

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—       1,211,725       

2,014       

—      

—      

—      

—      

2,014   

—      

—      

—      
—      

—       —    

—       —    

—       —    
—       —    

—      

—       —    

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

1,183       

1,391       

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

(6 )     

—      

—      

—      

(210 )     
4,410       

—      

—      

1,183   

1,391   

(210 ) 
4,410   

(6 ) 

4,404   

—    $ 

—       —     $  —      

—    $ 

—      26,963,408     $ 

114,090     $ 

(1,739 )   $ 

—    $ 

(6 )   $ 

845     $ 

113,190   

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—      

16,627       

105       

—      

—      

—      

—      

105   

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—       1,519,838       

2,032       

—      

—      

—      

—      

2,032   

—      

—      

—      
—      

—       —    

—       —    

—       —    
—       —    

—      

—       —    

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

1,103       

1,577       

—      

—      

—      (6,971,090 )     
—      
—      

—      
—      

(29,797 )     
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

(26 )     

—      

—      

—      

—      
511       

—      

—      

1,103   

1,577   

(29,797 ) 
511   

(26 ) 

485   

—    $ 

—       —     $  —      

—    $ 

—      21,528,783     $ 

118,907     $ 

(31,536 )   $ 

—    $ 

(32 )   $ 

1,356     $ 

88,695   

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—      

11,211       

48       

—      

—      

—      

—      

48   

—      

—       —    

—      

—      

—       1,024,113       

1,989       

—      

—      

—      

—      

1,989   

  
      
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
        
      
  
        
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
        
      
  
    
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
        
  
  
  
    
    
        
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
        
      
  
        
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
        
      
  
        
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
stock options 
Stock-based 

compensation      

Treasury stock 
purchase 

Net loss 
Unrealized gain 
on short-term 
investments 
Comprehensive 

loss 

Balance, 

March 31, 
2010 

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—       —    

—       —    

—       —    
—       —    

—       —    

—       —    

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

80       

1,491       

—      
—      

(121,727 )     
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

(475 )     
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      

32       

—      

—      

—      

—      
(4,190 )     

—      

—      

80   

1,491   

(475 ) 
(4,190 ) 

32   

(4,222 ) 

—    $ 

—       —     $  —      

—    $ 

—      22,442,380     $ 

122,515     $ 

(32,011 )   $ 

—    $ 

—    $ 

(2,834 )   $ 

87,670   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.  

53  

   
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
        
      
  
        
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

Operating activities 
Net income (loss) 

$ 

4,410     

$ 

511     

$ 

(4,190 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by 

(used in) operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision 
Gain (loss) on sale of assets 
Change in allowance for notes and accounts receivable 
Extinguishment of debt 
Other 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

Investing activities 

Purchase of property and equipment 
Purchase of property and equipment leased to customers under 

operating leases 

Purchase of short-term investments 
Sale of short-term investments 
Additions to patents and licenses 
Proceeds from sales of long term assets 
Gain on sale of long term investment 
Proceeds from disposal of equipment 
Net decrease (increase) in amount due from shareholder 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt 
Repurchase of common stock into treasury 
Payment of long-term debt 
Net activity in revolving line of credit 
Excess benefit for deferred taxes on stock-based compensation 
Proceeds from shareholder notes receivable 
Proceeds from initial public offering, net of issuance costs of $4,246 
Deferred financing costs 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 
Supplemental cash flow information: 

Cash paid for interest 
Cash paid for income taxes 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing 

activities: 
Shares surrendered into treasury for stock option exercise (see Note C)    
Long-term note receivable received on sale of investment 
Shares surrendered for payment of shareholder note receivable 
Conversion of debt to common stock 

Conversion of redeemable preferred stock and accrued dividends to 

common stock 
Preferred stock accretion 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,410     
1,391     
966     
2     
(10 )   
—    
228     

(6,459 )   
(7,293 )   
33     
1,914     
2,046     
(1,362 )   

1,841     
1,577     
145     
(31 )   
144     
—    
106     

5,950     
(2,793 )   
(2,580 )   
296     
(1,927 )   
3,239     

3,072   
1,491   
(1,425 ) 
(16 ) 
458   
(139 ) 
48   

(3,205 ) 
(6,409 ) 
268   
(56 ) 
1,529   
(8,574 ) 

(5,044 )   

(13,140 )   

(5,649 ) 

—    
(2,410 )   
—    
(171 )   
—    
—    
—    
188     
(7,437 )   

750     
10,600     
—    
(710 )   
(6,064 )   
1,183     
750     
78,559     
(256 )   
2,014     
86,826     
78,027     
285     
78,312     

1,182     
830     

—    
—    
(307 )   
10,762     

10,714     
225     

$ 

$ 

$ 

—    
(4,113 )   
—    
(1,121 )   
858     
(361 )   
4     
—    
(17,873 )   

—    
—    
(29,340 )   
(854 )   
—    
1,103     
—    
—    
—    
1,576     
(27,515 )   
(42,149 )   
78,312     
36,163     

350     
134     

457     
297     
—    
—    

—    
—    

$ 

$ 

$ 

(4,795 ) 
—  
5,522   
(299 ) 
—  
—  
7   
—  
(5,214 ) 

200   
—  
(475 ) 
(805 ) 
—  
80   
—  
—  
—  
1,989   
989   
(12,799 ) 
36,163   
23,364   

277   
32   

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.  

54 

   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE A — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Organization 

The  Company  includes  Orion  Energy  Systems,  Inc.,  a  Wisconsin  corporation,  and  all  consolidated  subsidiaries.  The 
Company  is  a  developer,  manufacturer  and  seller  of  lighting  and  energy  management  systems  and  a  seller  and  integrator  of 
renewable energy technologies to commercial and industrial businesses, predominantly in North America. The corporate offices 
and manufacturing operations are located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin and an operations facility is located in Plymouth, Wisconsin. 

Initial Public Offering 

In December 2007, the Company completed its initial public offering (IPO) of common stock in which a total of 8,846,154 
shares were sold, including 1,997,062 shares sold by selling shareholders, at an issuance price of $13.00 per share. The Company 
raised  a  total  of  $89.0 million  in  gross  proceeds  from  the  IPO,  or  approximately  $78.6  in  net  proceeds  after  deducting 
underwriting discounts and commissions of $6.2 million and offering costs of approximately $4.2 million. Concurrent with the 
closing of the initial public offering on December 24, 2007 all of the Company’s then outstanding Series B preferred stock and 
Series C  preferred  stock  converted  on  a  one  share  to  one  share  basis  to  common  stock.  The  number  of  shares  converted  was 
2,989,830  and  1,818,182  of  Series B  preferred  stock  and  Series C  preferred  stock,  respectively.  On  December 24,  2007,  the 
holders  of  the  convertible  debt  converted  $10.8 million  of  such  debt  and  accreted  interest  into  2,360,802  shares  of  the 
Company’s common stock.  

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles of Consolidation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Orion  Energy  Systems,  Inc.  and  its  wholly-owned 

subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Reclassifications 

Certain  items  have  been  reclassified  from  the  fiscal  year  2009  classifications  to  conform  to  the  fiscal  year  2010 
presentation. The reclassification had no effect on net cash provided by operating activities, total assets, net income or earnings 
per share.  

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America  (GAAP) requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities  and  disclosures  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  reported  amounts  of 
revenues  and  expenses  during  that  reporting  period.  Areas  that  require  the  use  of  significant  management  estimates  include 
revenue  recognition,  inventory  obsolescence  and  bad  debt  reserves,  accruals  for  warranty  expenses,  income  taxes  and  certain 
equity transactions. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.  

Cash and cash equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid, short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash 

equivalents.  

55 

   
Table of Contents 

Short-term investments 

Investments with maturities of greater than three months and less than one year are classified as short-term investments. All 
short-term investments are classified as available for sale and recorded at market value using the specific identification method. 
Changes  in  market  value  are  reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  “Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
(loss)”.  The  amortized  cost  and  fair  value  of  short-term  investments,  with  gross  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  as  of  March 31, 
2009 and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):  

March 31, 2009 

   Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized          

Cost 

Gains 

Losses 

Money market funds 
Bank certificates of deposit 
Commercial paper 
Corporate obligations 
Government agency obligations 
Total 

   $ 

   $ 

14,114      $ 
9,007     
3,690     
2,257     
12,412     
41,480      $ 

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    
—    
—     $ 

   Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized     
Gains 

Losses 

Cost 

Money market funds 
Bank certificates of deposit 
Total 

   $ 

   $ 

22,297      $ 
1,000     
23,297      $ 

—     $ 
—    
—     $ 

     Cash and Cash      Short Term   
     Fair Value      Equivalents       Investments   
—  
2,800   
3,690   
—  
—  
6,490   

14,114      $ 
6,207     
—    
2,250     
12,387     
34,958      $ 

14,114      $ 
9,007     
3,690     
2,250     
12,387     
41,448      $ 

—     $ 
—       
—       
(7 )      
(25 )      
(32 )    $ 

March 31, 2010 

     Cash and Cash      Short Term   
     Fair Value      Equivalents       Investments   
—  
1,000   
1,000   

22,297      $ 
—    
22,297      $ 

22,297      $ 
1,000     
23,297      $ 

—     $ 
—    
—     $ 

As of March 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company’s financial assets described in the table above were measured at fair value on 

a recurring basis employing level 1 inputs.  

Fair value of financial instruments 

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments,  which  include  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  investments, 
accounts  receivable,  and  accounts  payable,  approximate  their  respective  fair  values  due  to  the  relatively  short-term  nature  of 
these instruments. Based upon interest rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms, the carrying value of 
the Company’s long-term debt is also approximately equal to its fair value.  

The Company’s accounting and disclosures are in accordance with the requirements of the Fair Value Measurements and 
Disclosure, Financial  Instrument,  and Investments:  Debt  and Security Topics of  the FASB Accounting Standards Codification 
(ASC 820). The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair 
value under GAAP and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would 
be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset 
or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure 
fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value 
hierarchy  based  on  the  following  three  levels  of  inputs,  of  which  the  first  two  are  considered  observable  and  the  last 
unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value:  

Level 1 —  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2 —  Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar 
assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can 
be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. 

Level 3 —  Unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity  and  that  are  significant  to  the  fair 

value of the assets or liabilities. 

Accounts receivable 

The majority of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from companies in the commercial, industrial and agricultural 
industries, and wholesalers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition. Generally, collateral is 
not required for end users; however, the payment of certain trade accounts receivable from wholesalers is secured by irrevocable 
standby letters of credit. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30-60 days. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount 
the Company expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a 
charge to earnings and a credit to an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the current status of individual 
accounts. Balances that are still outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a 
charge to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a credit to accounts receivable.  

56 

   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
     
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Included  in  accounts  receivable  are  amounts  due  from  a  third  party  finance  company  to  which  the  Company  has  sold, 
without recourse, the future cash flows from lease arrangements entered into with customers. Such receivables are recorded at 
the  present value  of  the  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  7.25%,  which  approximates  the  Company’s weighted  average cost of 
capital.  As  of  March 31,  2010,  the  following  amounts  were  due  from  the  third  party  finance  company  in  future  periods  (in 
thousands):  

Fiscal 2011 
Fiscal 2012 
Fiscal 2013 
Fiscal 2014 
Fiscal 2015 
Total gross receivable 
Less: amount representing interest 
Net contracts receivable 

Inventories 

$ 

$ 

1,646   
—  
338   
338   
405   
2,727   
(212 ) 
2,515   

Inventories consist of raw materials and components, such as ballasts, metal sheet and coil stock and molded parts; work in 
process inventories, such as frames and reflectors; and finished goods, including completed fixtures or systems and accessories, 
such as lamps, meters and power supplies. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value; with cost determined 
using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventories for differences between the 
cost and estimated net realizable value, taking into consideration usage in the preceding 12 months, expected demand, and other 
information indicating obsolescence. The Company records as a charge to cost of product revenue the amount required to reduce 
the  carrying  value  of  inventory  to  net  realizable  value.  As  of  March 31,  2009  and  2010,  the  Company  had  inventory 
obsolescence reserves of $668,000 and $756,000.  

Costs associated with the procurement and warehousing of inventories, such as inbound freight charges and purchasing and 

receiving costs, are also included in cost of product revenue.  

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):  

Raw materials and components 
Work in process 
Finished goods 

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets 

   March 31,       March 31,    

2009 

2010 

$ 

$ 

9,629     
1,753     
8,200     
19,582     

$ 

$ 

11,107   
669   
14,215   
25,991   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance premiums, prepaid license fees, purchase 

deposits, advance payments to contractors, prepaid income taxes and miscellaneous receivables.  

Property and Equipment 

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.  Expenditures  for  additions  and  improvements  are  capitalized,  while 
replacements,  maintenance  and  repairs  which  do  not  improve  or  extend  the  lives  of  the  respective  assets  are  expensed  as 
incurred.  Properties  sold,  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  are  removed  from  the  property  accounts,  with  gains  or  losses  on  disposal 
credited or charged to income from operations.  

The Company periodically reviews the carrying values of property and equipment for impairment in accordance with ASC 
360,  Property, Plant and Equipment  , when events or  changes  in circumstances indicate that  the assets  may be  impaired. The 
estimated  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  result  from  the  use  of  the  assets  and  their  eventual  disposition  are 
compared to the assets’ carrying amount to determine if a write down to market value is required. No write downs were recorded 
in fiscal 2008, 2009 or 2010.  

57 

   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Property and equipment were comprised of the following (in thousands):  

Land and land improvements 
Buildings 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment 
Plant equipment 
Construction in progress 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Net property and equipment 

Equipment included above under capital leases were as follows (in thousands):  

Equipment 
Less: accumulated amortization 

Net equipment 

March 31, 

2009 

2010 

822     
5,435     
3,432     
6,882     
11,366     
27,937     
(4,938 )   
22,999     

$ 

$ 

1,436   
14,072   
8,201   
7,627   
6,777   
38,113   
(7,613 ) 
30,500   

March 31, 

2009 

2010 

1,104     
(477 )   
627     

$ 

$ 

25   
(20 ) 
5   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, using the straight-line method. Depreciable 

lives by asset category are as follows:  

Land improvements 
Buildings 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment 
Plant equipment 

10 – 15 years 
10 – 39 years 
3 – 10 years 
3 – 10 years 

The  Company  capitalized  $215,000  and  $21,000  of  interest  for  construction  in  progress  in  fiscal  2009  and  fiscal  2010. 
There was no interest capitalized in fiscal 2008. As of March 31, 2010, the Company had equipment leased to customers under 
operating leases of $5.0 million, net of depreciation of $0.3 million, including $3.7 million in construction in progress.  

Patents and Licenses 

In April 2008, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with the Company’s CEO, Neal Verfuerth, which 
superseded  and  terminated  Mr. Verfuerth’s  former  employment  agreement  with  the  Company.  Under  the  former  agreement, 
Mr. Verfuerth was entitled to initial ownership of any intellectual work product he made or developed, subject to the Company’s 
option to acquire, for a fee, any such intellectual work product. The Company made payments to Mr. Verfuerth totaling $144,000 
per year in exchange for the rights to eight issued and pending patents. Pursuant to the new employment agreement, in exchange 
for a lump sum payment of $950,000, Mr. Verfuerth terminated the former agreement and irrevocably transferred ownership of 
his  current  and  future  intellectual  property  rights  to  the  Company  as  the  Company’s  exclusive  property.  This  amount  was 
capitalized  in  fiscal  2009  and  is  being  amortized  over  the  estimated  future  useful  lives  (ranging  from  10  to  17  years)  of  the 
property rights.  

The  Company  capitalized  $171,000,  $1,121,000  and  $299,000  of  costs  associated  with  obtaining  patents  and  licenses  in 
fiscal  2008,  2009  and  2010.  Amortization  expense  recorded  to  cost  of  revenue  for  fiscal  2008,  2009  and  2010  was  $26,000, 
$105,000 and $113,000. The costs and accumulated amortization for patents and licenses were $1,606,000 and $202,000 as of 
March 31,  2009;  and  $1,905,000  and  $315,000  as  of  March 31,  2010.  The  average  remaining  useful  life  of  the  patents  and 
licenses as of March 31, 2010 was approximately 13.3 years.  

As of March 31, 2010, future amortization expense of the patents and licenses is estimated to be as follows (in thousands):  

Fiscal 2011 
Fiscal 2012 
Fiscal 2013 
Fiscal 2014 
Fiscal 2015 
Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

113   
113   
110   
109   
109   
1,036   
1,590   

58 

   
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The Company’s management periodically reviews the carrying value of patents and licenses for impairment. No write-offs 

were recorded in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 or fiscal 2010.  

Other Long-Term Assets 

Other long-term assets include $33,000 and $27,000 of deferred financing costs as of March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010. 
Deferred financing costs related to debt issuances are amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt issue (6 to 
15 years).  For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  the  amortization  was  $293,000,  which  included  $256,000  related  to  the 
convertible debt issuance which was expensed upon the completion of our initial public offering. For the years ended March 31, 
2009 and 2010, the amortization was $29,000 and $6,000.  

In June 2008, the Company sold its long-term investment consisting of 77,000 shares of preferred stock of a manufacturer 
of specialty aluminum products. The investment was originally acquired in July 2006 by exchanging products with a fair value of 
$794,000. The Company received cash proceeds from the sale in the amount of $986,000, which included accrued dividends of 
$128,000, and also received a promissory note in the amount of $298,000. During fiscal 2010, the specialty aluminum products 
company was placed into receivership and the assets of the Company sold. Proceeds from the sale were not sufficient to cover 
any portion of the promissory note, which is described in more detail below.  

The  promissory  note  provided  for  interest  only  payments  at  7%  for  the  first  year  and  15%  for  the  second  year  and 
thereafter. The full principal amount of the note is due in June 2011. The note is secured by a personal guarantee from the CEO 
of  the  specialty  aluminum  products  company.  In  fiscal  2010,  the  Company  assessed  the  long-term  note  receivable  and 
determined  that  all  of  the  note  receivable  may  not  be  collectible.  Accordingly,  the  Company  established  a  reserve  for 
uncollectibility of $298,000, the original face value of the promissory note.  

Accrued Expenses 

Accrued expenses include warranty accruals, accrued wages, accrued vacations, accrued insurance, accrued interest, sales 
tax payable and  other miscellaneous  accruals.  Accrued  legal costs  amounted to  $1,175,000  as of March 31, 2010. No accrued 
expenses exceeded 5% of current liabilities as of March 31, 2009.  

The  Company  generally  offers  a  limited  warranty  of  one  year  on  its  products  in  addition  to  those  standard  warranties 
offered by major original equipment component manufacturers. The manufacturers’ warranties cover lamps and ballasts, which 
are significant components in the Company’s products.  

Changes in the Company’s warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands):  

Beginning of year 
Provision to cost of revenue 
Charges 
End of year 

Incentive Compensation 

March 31, 

2009 

2010 

$ 

$ 

69     
30     
(44 )   
55     

$ 

$ 

55   
80   
(75 ) 
60   

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2008 Annual Cash Incentive Program under 
its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, which became effective upon the closing of the Company’s IPO. The program called 
for  performance  and  discretionary  bonus  payments  ranging  from  23-125%  of  the  fiscal  2008  base  salaries  of  the  Company’s 
named executive officers. The range of fiscal 2008 financial performance-based bonus guidelines under the approved program 
began  if  the  Company  achieved  a  minimum  of  1.25  times  the  fiscal  2007  revenue  and/or  up  to  3.25  times  the  fiscal  2007 
operating  income,  and  correspondingly  increased  on  a  pro  rata  basis  up  to  a  maximum  of  1.67  times  those  initial  measures. 
Accordingly, based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2008, the Company accrued expense of $696,000 related to 
this program.  

The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2009 Annual Cash Incentive Program under 
its  2004  Stock  and  Incentive  Awards  Plan  which  became  effective  as  of  July  30,  2008.  The  plan  called  for  performance  and 
discretionary bonus payments ranging from 28-125% of the fiscal 2009 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers. 
The range of fiscal 2009 financial performance-based bonus guidelines under the approved plan began if the Company achieved 
a minimum of 1.125 times the fiscal 2008 revenue and/or up to 2.00 times the fiscal 2008 operating income, and correspondingly 
increased on a pro rata basis up to a maximum of 1.67 times those initial measures. Based upon the results for the year ended 
March 31, 2009, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.  

59 

   
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The  Company’s  compensation  committee  chose  to  freeze  target  bonus  programs  for  fiscal  2010  at  their  respective  fiscal 
2009  levels  due  to  the  economic  environment  the  Company  was  operating  in.  Based  upon  the  results  for  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2010, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan.  

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue is recognized when the following four criteria are met:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

  persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; 

  delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer; 

  the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and 

  collectability is reasonably assured 

These four criteria are met for the Company’s product only revenue upon delivery of the product and title passing to the 
customer. At that time, the Company provides for estimated costs that may be incurred for product warranties and sales returns. 
Revenues are presented net of sales tax and other sales related taxes.  

For  sales  contracts  consisting  of  multiple  elements  of  revenue,  such  as  a  combination  of  product  sales  and  services,  the 

Company determines revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on the relative fair values.  

Services  other  than  installation  and  recycling  that  are  completed  prior  to  delivery  of  the  product  are  recognized  upon 
shipment and are included in product revenue as evidence of fair value does not exist. These services include comprehensive site 
assessment,  site  field  verification,  utility  incentive  and  government  subsidy  management,  engineering  design,  and  project 
management.  

Service revenue includes revenue earned from installation, which includes recycling services. Service revenue is recognized 
when  services  are  complete  and  customer  acceptance  has  been  received.  The  Company  primarily  contracts  with  third-party 
vendors for the installation services provided to customers and, therefore, determines fair value based upon negotiated pricing 
with  such  third-party  vendors.  Recycling  services  provided  in  connection  with  installation  entail  disposal  of  the  customer’s 
legacy lighting fixtures.  

In  October 2008,  the  Company  introduced  a  financing  program  called  the  Orion  Virtual  Power  Plant  (OVPP) for  a 
customer’s  lease  of  the  Company’s  energy  management  systems.  The  OVPP  is  structured  as  an  operating  lease  in  which  the 
Company  receives  monthly  rental  payments  over  the  life  of  the  lease,  typically  a  12-month  renewable  agreement  with  a 
maximum term of between two and five years. Upon successful installation of the system and customer acknowledgement that 
the product is operating as specified, revenue is recognized on a monthly basis over the life of the contract.  

Costs  of  products  delivered,  and  services  performed,  that  are  subject  to  additional  performance  obligations  or  customer 
acceptance are deferred and recorded in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets on the Balance Sheet. These deferred costs 
are expensed at the time the related revenue is recognized. Deferred costs amounted to $251,000 and $415,000 as of March 31, 
2009 and 2010.  

Deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings and a separate obligation to provide maintenance on certain sales and 
is  classified  as  a  liability  on  the  Balance  Sheet.  The  fair  value  of  the  maintenance  is  readily  determinable based  upon  pricing 
from third-party vendors. Deferred revenue is recognized when the services are delivered, which occurs in excess of a year after 
the original contract.  

Deferred revenue was comprised of the following (in thousands):  

Deferred revenue — current liability 
Deferred revenue — long term liability 

Total deferred revenue 

60 

March 31, 

2009 

2010 

$ 

$ 

103     
36     
139     

$ 

$ 

338   
186   
524   

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

The  Company  records  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  shipping  and  handling  of  products  as  cost  of  product  revenue. 

Amounts billed to customers in connection with these costs are included in product revenue.  

Advertising 

Advertising  costs  of  $448,000,  $608,000  and  $482,000  for  fiscal  2008,  2009  and  2010  were  charged  to  operations  as 

incurred.  

Research and Development 

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred.  

Income Taxes 

The  Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences 
between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, measured using the enacted tax rates and laws expected 
to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. Deferred income taxes also arise from the future tax benefits of operating 
loss and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is established when management determines that it is more likely than 
not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.  

ASC  740,  Income  Taxes  ,  also  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement 
recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a 
tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. The Company has classified the amounts recorded 
for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within 
one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and 
interest were immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits.  

Deferred  tax  benefits  have  not  been  recognized  for  income  tax  effects  resulting  from  the  exercise  of  non-qualified  stock 
options. These benefits will be recognized in the period in which the benefits are realized as a reduction in taxes payable and an 
increase in additional paid-in capital. Realized tax benefits from the exercise of stock options were $1,183,000, $1,103,000 and 
$80,000 for the fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010.  

Stock Option Plans 

The  Company’s  share-based  payments  to  employees  are  measured  at  fair  value  and  are  recognized  in  earnings,  net  of 

estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.  

The  Company  adopted  ASC  718,  Compensation  —  Stock  Compensation  ,  as  of  the  beginning  of  fiscal  2007,  using  the 
modified prospective method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized for the years ended March 31, 2008, 
2009 and 2010 includes the current period’s cost for all stock options granted prior to, but not yet vested as of April 1, 2006. This 
cost was  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  estimated  in accordance  with  the  original  provisions of ASC  718. The cost for  all 
share-based awards granted subsequent to March 31, 2006, represents the grant-date fair value that was estimated in accordance 
with the provisions of ASC 718.  

Cash flows from the exercise of stock options resulting from tax benefits in excess of recognized cumulative compensation 
costs  (excess  tax  benefits)  are  classified  as  financing  cash  flows.  For  the  years  ended  March 31,  2008,  2009  and  2010, 
$1,183,000, $1,103,000 and $80,000 of such excess tax benefits were classified as financing cash flows.  

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Beginning in fiscal 2007, the Company determined volatility 
based  on  an  analysis of  a  peer  group  of public  companies  which  was  determined  to  be  more  reflective of  the  expected future 
volatility. For  fiscal  2008,  2009  and  2010,  the Company  continued  to  use  an  analysis  of a  peer group  of public  companies  to 
determine volatility and will continue to do so until the Company establishes sufficient history of the Company’s public stock 
price.  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  the  rate  available  as  of  the  option  date  on  zero-coupon  U.S.  Government  issues  with  a 
remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The expected term is based upon the vesting term of the Company’s 
options and expected exercise behavior. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not plan to pay any dividends 
in the foreseeable future. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate of unvested stock awards based on historical experience.  

61 

   
Table of Contents 

The fair value of each option grant in fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010 was determined using the assumptions in the following 

table:  

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

Weighted average expected term 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected forfeiture rate 
Expected dividend yield 

Net Income per Common Share 

4.0 years      
3.92 %   
60 %   
6 %   
0 %   

5.7 years      
3.01 %   
60 %   
2 %   
0 %   

6.6 years   

2.68 % 
60 % 
3 % 
0 % 

Basic  net  income  per  common  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  attributable  to  common  shareholders  by  the 

weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and does not consider common stock equivalents.  

Prior to the Company’s IPO, all series of the Company’s preferred stock participated in all undistributed earnings with the 
common stock. The Company allocated earnings to the common shareholders and participating preferred shareholders under the 
two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation method under which basic net income per share is calculated 
for  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  participating  preferred  stock  considering  both  accrued  preferred  stock  dividends  and 
participation rights in undistributed earnings as if all such earnings had been distributed during the year. Since the Company’s 
participating preferred stock was not contractually required to share in the Company’s losses, in applying the two-class method 
to  compute  basic  net  income  per  common  share,  no  allocation  was  made  to  the  preferred  stock  if  a  net  loss  existed  or  if  an 
undistributed net loss resulted from reducing net income by the accrued preferred stock dividends.  

Diluted net income per common share reflects the dilution that would occur if preferred stock were converted, warrants and 
employee stock options were exercised, and shares issued per exercise of stock options for which the exercise price was paid by 
a  non-recourse  loan  from  the  Company  were  outstanding.  In  the  computation  of  diluted  net  income  per  common  share,  the 
Company  uses  the  “if  converted”  method  for  preferred  stock  and  restricted  stock,  and  the  “treasury  stock”  method  for 
outstanding options and warrants. In addition, in computing the dilutive effect of the convertible notes, the numerator is adjusted 
to add back the after-tax amount of interest recognized in the period. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net 
loss per common share for the year ended March 31, 2010, because the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive. 
The effect of net income per common share is calculated based upon the following shares (in thousands except share amounts):  

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

Numerator: 
Net income (loss) 
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock dividends 
Participation rights of preferred stock in undistributed earnings 
Numerator for basic net income (loss) per common share 
Adjustment for convertible note interest, net of income tax effect 
Preferred stock dividends and participation rights of preferred stock 
Numerator for diluted net income (loss) per common share 

Denominator: 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding 
Weighted-average effect of preferred stock, restricted stock, convertible 

notes and assumed conversion of stock options and warrants 
Weighted-average common shares and common share equivalents 

$ 

$ 

4,410     
(225 )   
(775 )   
3,410     
149     
1,000     
4,559     

$ 

$ 

511     
—    
—    
511     
—    
—    
511     

$ 

$ 

(4,190 ) 
—  
—  
(4,190 ) 
—  
—  
(4,190 ) 

   15,548,189     

   25,351,839     

   21,844,150   

   7,905,614     

   2,093,451     

—  

outstanding 

   23,453,803     

   27,445,290     

   21,844,150   

62 

   
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The following table indicates the number of potentially dilutive securities as of the end of each period:  

Common stock options 
Common stock warrants 

Total 

2008 
   4,716,022     
578,788     
   5,294,810     

March 31, 
2009 
   3,680,945     
488,504     
   4,169,449     

2010 
   3,546,249   
76,240   
   3,622,489   

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties 

The Company’s cash is deposited with three financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount 
of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not 
exposed to any significant risk on these balances. 

The Company currently depends on one supplier for a number of components necessary for its products, including ballasts 
and lamps. If the supply of these components were to be disrupted or terminated, or if this supplier were unable to supply the 
quantities  of  components  required,  the  Company  may  have  short-term  difficulty  in  locating  alternative  suppliers  at  required 
volumes. Purchases from this supplier accounted for 28%, 19% and 27% of cost of revenue in fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010.  

For fiscal 2008, one customer accounted for 17% of revenue. In fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, there were no customers who 

individually accounted for greater than 10% of revenue.  

As  of  March 31,  2009,  no  customers  accounted  for  more  than  10%  of  accounts  receivable.  As  of  March 31,  2010,  one 

customer accounted for 16% of accounts receivable. 

Segment Information 

The Company has determined that it operates in only one segment in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of the 
FASB Accounting Standards Codification as it does not disaggregate profit and loss information on a segment basis for internal 
management reporting purposes to its chief operating decision maker.  

The Company’s revenue and long-lived assets outside the United States are insignificant.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  September  2009,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2009-08,  Earnings  Per  Share  Amendments  to 
Section 260-10-S99, (ASU 2009-08). This ASU represents technical corrections to Topic 260-10-S99, Earnings per Share, based 
on EITF Topic D-53, Computation of Earnings Per Share for a Period that Includes a Redemption or an Induced Conversion of a 
Portion  of  a  Class  of  Preferred  Stock  and  EITF  Topic  D-42,  The  Effect  of  the  Calculation  of  Earnings  Per  Share  for  the 
Redemption  or  Induced  Conversion  of  Preferred  Stock.  The  adoption  of  ASU  2009-08  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s interim consolidated financial statements.  

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements —
a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Topic 605), which amends the revenue guidance under ASC 605. This 
update requires entities to allocate revenue in an arrangement using estimated selling prices of the delivered goods and services 
based on a selling price hierarchy. This guidance eliminates the residual method of revenue allocation and requires revenue to be 
allocated using the relative selling price method. This update is effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2010, and may be 
applied prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after the date of adoption or retrospectively 
for all revenue arrangements for all periods presented. The Company does not expect the provision of ASU 2009-13 to have a 
material effect on the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.  

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, 
(ASU 2010-06) which provides amendments to subtopic 10 of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures that require 
new disclosures regarding (1) transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and (2) activity in Level 3 fair value 
measurements. Additionally, ASU 2010-06 clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about 
inputs  and valuation techniques used  to measure  fair  value. The guidance in  ASU  2010-06  is effective for interim and annual 
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in 
the roll forward activity in Level 3 fair value measurements which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2010,  and  for  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  The  adoption  of  this  ASU  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

NOTE C — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

As  of  March 31,  2007,  the  Company  had  non-interest  bearing  advances  of  $157,000  to  a  shareholder,  and  also  held  an 
unsecured, 1.46% note receivable due from the same shareholder in the amount of $67,000, including interest receivable. These 
advances  and  this  note  were  repaid  on  August 2,  2007.  During  fiscal  2008,  the  Company  forgave  $37,000  of  shareholder 
advances as part of a contractual employment relationship.  

63 

   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The  Company  incurred  fees  of  $112,500  in  fiscal  2008  for  intellectual  property  fees  paid  to  its  CEO  pursuant  to  his 
employment agreement. In April 2008, the intellectual property rights were purchased from the executive for a cash payment of 
$950,000. Refer to “Patents and Licenses” under footnote B for additional disclosure.  

During fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company recorded revenue of $309,000, $109,000 and $86,000 for products and 
services sold to an entity for which a member of the board of directors serves as the chief executive officer. During  the same 
timeframes,  the  Company  purchased  goods  and  services  from  the  same  entity  in  the  amounts  of  $368,000,  $430,000  and 
$171,000. The terms and conditions of such relationship are believed to be not materially more favorable to the Company or the 
entity than could be obtained from an independent third party.  

During  fiscal  2008,  2009  and  2010,  the  Company  recorded  revenue  of  $136,000,  $49,000  and  $29,000  for  products  and 
services sold to an entity for which a director of the Company was formerly the executive chairman. During fiscal 2008, 2009 
and 2010,  the Company purchased goods  and services from the same entity in the amounts of $1,000, $180,000 and $30,000. 
The terms and conditions of such relationship are believed to be not materially more favorable to the Company or the entity than 
could be obtained from an independent third party. 

The Company incurred fees of $24,000, which were paid to a shareholder as consideration for guaranteeing notes payable 
and  certain  accounts  payable  during  fiscal  2008.  These  fees  were  based  on  a  percentage  applied  to  the  monthly  outstanding 
balances or revolving credit commitments. These guarantees were released in fiscal 2008.  

During fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company recorded revenue of $198,000, $521,000 and $766,000 for products and 
services sold to various entities affiliated or associated with an entity for which a director of the Company serves as a member of 
the  board  of  directors.  The  Company  is  not  able  to  identify  the  respective  amount  of  revenues  attributable  to  specifically 
identifiable entities within such group of affiliated or associated entities or the extent to which any such individual entities are 
related to the entity on whose board of directors the Company’s director serves. The terms and conditions of such relationship 
are believed to be not materially more favorable to the Company or the entity than could be obtained from an independent third 
party.  

During fiscal 2010, the Company paid or accrued severance costs of $139,000 to former members of management.  

NOTE D — LONG-TERM DEBT 

Long-term debt as of March 31, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Term note 
First mortgage note payable 
Debenture payable 
Lease obligations 
Other long-term debt 
Total long-term debt 
Less current maturities 
Long-term debt, less current maturities 

Revolving Credit Agreement 

March 31, 

2009 

2010 

$ 

$ 

1,235     
990     
885     
227     
1,125     
4,462     
(815 )   
3,647     

$ 

$ 

1,017   
926   
847   
7   
921   
3,718   
(562 ) 
3,156   

On  March 18,  2008,  the  Company  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  (Credit  Agreement)  to  replace  a  previous  agreement 
between  the  Company  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.  The  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  a  revolving  credit  facility  (Line  of 
Credit)  that  matures  on  August 31,  2010.  The  initial  maximum  aggregate  amount  of  availability  under  the  Line  of  Credit  is 
$25.0 million.  In  December 2008,  the  Company  briefly  drew  $4.0 million  on  the  line  of  credit  due  to  the  timing  of  treasury 
repurchases and funds available in the Company’s operating account. In May 2009, the Company completed an amendment to 
the Credit Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2009, which formalized Wells Fargo’s prior consent to the Company’s treasury 
repurchase  program,  increased  the  capital  expenditures  covenant  for  fiscal  2009  and  revised  certain  financial  covenants  by 
adding  a  minimum  requirement  for  unencumbered  liquid  assets,  increasing  the  quarterly  rolling  net  income  requirement  and 
modifying the merger and acquisition covenant exemption. In December 2009, the Company completed a second amendment to 
the Credit Agreement which formalized Wells Fargo’s prior consent to the Company’s prior failure to meet its net earnings and 
fixed charge coverage ratio covenants, limited borrowings to a percentage of eligible money market funds held in a Wells Fargo 
account, revised certain financial covenants by removing the minimum requirement for unencumbered assets and removing the 
fixed charge coverage ratio, decreased the quarterly rolling net income requirement, removed the first lien security interest in all 
of  the  Company’s  accounts  receivable,  general  intangibles  and  inventory,  and  removed  the  second  lien  priority  in  all  of  the 
Company’s equipment and fixtures and reduced the fee rate of the unused amounts on the Line of Credit. As of March 31, 2009 
and 2010, there was no outstanding balance due on the Line of Credit.  

64 

   
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The Company must currently pay a fee of 0.15% on the average daily unused amount of the Line of Credit and fees upon 

the issuance of each letter of credit equal to 1.25% per annum of the principal amount thereof.  

The Credit Agreement provides that the Company has the option to select the interest rate applicable to all or a portion of 
the outstanding principal balance of the Line of Credit either (i) at a fluctuating rate per annum 1.00% below the prime rate in 
effect  from  time  to  time,  or  (ii)  at  a  fixed  rate  per  annum  determined  by  Wells  Fargo  to  be  1.25%  above  LIBOR.  Interest  is 
payable on the last day of each month.  

The Credit Agreement contains certain financial covenants including minimum net income requirements and requirements 
that the Company maintain a net worth ratio at prescribed levels. The Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictions on the 
ability of the Company to make capital or lease expenditures over prescribed limits, incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or 
merge, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on its stock, 
redeem or repurchase shares of its stock, or pledge assets.  

Term Note 

The Company’s term note requires principal and interest payments of $25,000 per month payable through February 2014 at 
an interest rate of 6.9%. Amounts outstanding under the note are secured by a first security interest and first mortgage in certain 
long-term  assets  and  a  secondary  interest  in  inventory  and  accounts  receivable  and  a  secondary  general  business  security 
agreement  on  all  assets.  In  addition,  the  agreement  precludes  the  payment  of  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  Amounts 
outstanding under the note are 75% guaranteed by the United States Department of Agriculture Rural Development Association. 

First Mortgage Note Payable 

The  Company’s  first  mortgage  note  payable  has  an  interest  rate  of  prime  plus  2%  (effective  rate  of  5.25%  at  March 31, 
2010), and requires monthly payments of principal and interest of $10,000 through September 2014. The mortgage is secured by 
a  first  mortgage  on  the  Company’s  manufacturing  facility.  The  mortgage  includes  certain  prepayment  penalties  and  various 
restrictive covenants, with which the Company was in compliance as of March 31, 2010.  

Debenture Payable 

The Company’s debenture payable was issued by Certified Development Company at an effective interest rate of 6.18%. 
The  balance  is  payable  in  monthly  principal  and  interest  payments  of  $8,000  through  December 2024  and  is  guaranteed  by 
United  States  Small  Business  Administration  504  program.  The  amount  due  was  collateralized  by  a  second  mortgage  on 
manufacturing facility.  

Lease Obligations 

The Company’s capital lease obligation has been recorded at a rate of 12.1%. The lease is payable in installments through 

April 2011 and is collateralized by the related leased equipment.  

Other Long-Term Debt 

In  November 2007,  the  Company  completed  a  Wisconsin  Community  Development  Block  Grant  with  the  local  city 
government to provide financing in the amount of $750,000 for the purpose of acquiring additional production equipment. The 
loan has an interest rate of 4.9% and is collateralized by the related equipment. The loan requires monthly payments of $11,000 
through March 2015.  

Other long-term debt consists of block grants and equipment loans from local governments. Interest rates range from 2.0% 
to 4.9%. The amounts due are collateralized by purchase money security interests in plant equipment. In fiscal 2010, $250,000 of 
debt was forgiven related to the creation of certain types and numbers of jobs within the lending locality.  

65 

   
Table of Contents 

Aggregate Maturities 

As of March 31, 2010, aggregate maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):  

Fiscal 2011 
Fiscal 2012 
Fiscal 2013 
Fiscal 2014 
Fiscal 2015 
Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

562   
608   
556   
564   
291   
1,137   
3,718   

NOTE E — CONVERTIBLE NOTES 

In August 2007, the Company issued $10.6 million of convertible subordinated notes, maturing in August 2012 and bearing 
interest at 6% per annum with no scheduled principal payments prior to maturity. The 6% interest accrued at 2.1% payable in 
cash on a quarterly basis and 3.9% which accreted to the principal balance of the convertible notes on a quarterly basis.  

The  convertible  notes  contained  terms  and  conditions,  including:  (i) automatic  conversion  into  2,360,802  shares  of  the 
Company’s  common  stock  upon  a  qualified  public  offering,  (ii) various  registration  rights  with  respect  to  the  shares  of  the 
Company’s common stock received upon conversion of the notes and (iii) a requirement for the  Company to reserve  an equal 
number of shares of its authorized common stock to satisfy the conversion obligation. In accordance with the terms, the notes 
and accrued interest converted to common stock upon the Company’s IPO in December 2007.  

NOTE F — INCOME TAXES 

The total provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ending (in thousands):  

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

Current 
Deferred 

Federal 
State 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,784     
966     
2,750     

2008 

2,494     
256     
2,750     

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

782     
145     
927     

2009 

824     
103     
927     

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

75   
(1,425 ) 
(1,350 ) 

2010 

(1,677 ) 
327   
(1,350 ) 

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and effective income tax rate is as follows:  

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
2009 

2008 

2010 

Statutory federal tax rate 
State taxes, net 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Federal tax credit 
State tax credit 
Change in valuation reserve 
Change in tax contingency reserve 
Other, net 
Effective income tax rate 

34.0 %   
4.2 %   
2.7 %   
(1.5 )%   
(1.0 )%   
0.0 %   
(0.1 )%   
(0.2 )%   
38.1 %   

34.0 %   
11.0 %   
21.2 %   
(2.7 )%   
(1.5 )%   
1.4 %   
0.7 %   
0.4 %   
64.5 %   

(34.0 )% 
1.8 % 
4.2 % 
(3.0 )% 
(0.4 )% 
4.4 % 
0.1 % 
2.5 % 
(24.4 )% 

66 

   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

The  net  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reported  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the 

following components (in thousands):  

Inventory, accruals and reserves 
Other 
Deferred revenue 

Total current deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Federal and state operating loss carryforwards 
Tax credit carryforwards 
Non qualified stock options 
Fixed assets 
Valuation allowance 

Total long-term deferred tax assets 

March 31, 

2009 

2010 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

464     
178     
(94 )   
548     

74     
832     
435     
(724 )   
(24 )   
593     

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

608   
532   
(1,184 ) 
(44 ) 

3,111   
848   
603   
(1,683 ) 
(269 ) 
2,610   

Gross  deferred  tax  assets  were  $2.1 million  and  $5.7 million  and  gross  deferred  tax  liabilities  were  $1.0 million  and 

$2.9 million at March 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.  

The Company is eligible for tax benefits associated with the excess tax deduction available for exercises of non-qualified 
stock options over the amount recorded at grant. The amount of the benefit is based upon the ultimate deduction reflected in the 
applicable income tax return. Benefits of $1.1 million and $0.1 million were recorded in fiscal 2009 and 2010 as a reduction in 
taxes payable and a credit to additional paid in capital based on the amount that was utilized in the current year.  

As of March 31, 2010, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $14.5 million, of which 
$6.1 million are associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options that have not yet been recognized by the Company in 
its financial statements. The Company also has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $8.4 million, of which 
$3.1 million  are  associated with  the  exercise  of  non-qualified  stock  options.  The  benefit from  the  net  operating  losses  created 
from these exercises will be recorded as a reduction in taxes payable and a credit to additional paid-in capital in the period in 
which the benefits are realized.  

As  of  March 31,  2010,  the  Company  also  has  federal  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  approximately  $499,000  and  state  tax 
credit carryforwards of approximately $120,000, which is net of the valuation allowance of $408,000. Management believes it is 
more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of most of these assets and has reserved for an allowance due to 
the  Company’s  state  apportioned  income  and  the  potential  expiration  of  the  state  tax  credits  due  to  the  carryforwards  period. 
Both the net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards expire between 2014 and 2030.  

In  2007,  the  Company’s  past  issuances  and  transfers  of  stock  caused  an  ownership  change.  As  a  result,  the  Company’s 
ability  to  use  its  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  attributable  to  the  period  prior  to  such  ownership  change,  to  offset  taxable 
income will be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for the 
Company.  The  Company  does  not  believe  the  ownership  change  affects  the  use  of  the  full  amount  of  the  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards.  

As  of  March 31,  2009  and  2010,  the  Company  had  income  tax  receivables  of  $778,000  and  $18,000  related  to 

overpayments of estimated state and federal taxes. 

Uncertain tax positions 

As  of  March 31,  2010  the  balance  of  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  was  approximately  $398,000,  all  of  which  would 
reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The Company does not expect any of these amounts to change in the next 
twelve months as none of the issues are currently under examination, the statutes of limitations do not expire within the period, 
and the Company is not aware of any pending litigation. Due to the existence of net operating loss and credit carryforwards, all 
years since 2002 are open to examination by tax authorities.  

The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-
current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to 
uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in 
the unrecognized tax benefits.  

Unrecognized tax benefits as of beginning of fiscal year 
Decreases relating to settlements with tax authorities 
Additions based on tax positions related to the current period positions 
Unrecognized tax benefits as of end of fiscal year 

  Fiscal Year Ended     Fiscal Year Ended   
   March 31, 2009       March 31, 2010    
397   
392     $ 
  $ 
—  
(5 )     
1   
10       
398   
397     $ 

  $ 

67 

   
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
         
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

NOTE G — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Operating Leases 

The Company leases vehicles and equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2016. Rent expense 
under  operating  leases  was  $924,000,  $1,082,000  and  $1,385,000  for  fiscal  2008,  2009  and  2010.  Total  annual  commitments 
under non-cancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year at March 31, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):  

Fiscal 2011 
Fiscal 2012 
Fiscal 2013 
Fiscal 2014 
Fiscal 2015 
Thereafter 

Purchase Commitments 

$ 

$ 

953   
877   
560   
131   
131   
108   
2,760   

The  Company  enters  into  non-cancellable  purchase  commitments  for  certain  inventory  items  in  order  to  secure  better 
pricing  and  ensure  materials  on  hand  and  capital  expenditures.  As  of  March  31,  2010,  the  Company  had  entered  into 
$13.0 million of purchase commitments related to fiscal 2011, including $0.6 million related to capital expenditure projects for 
information systems and new product development and $12.4 million for inventory purchases.  

Retirement Savings Plan 

The  Company  sponsors  a  tax  deferred  retirement  savings  plan  that  permits  eligible  employees  to  contribute  varying 
percentages  of  their  compensation  up  to  the  limit  allowed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service.  This  plan  also  provides  for 
discretionary  Company  contributions.  In  fiscal  2008,  2009  and  2010,  the  Company  made  matching  contributions  of 
approximately $10,000, $15,000 and $12,000.  

Litigation 

In  February  and  March 2008,  three  class  action  lawsuits  were  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Southern 
District of New York against the Company, several of its officers, all members of its then existing board of directors, and certain 
underwriters relating to the Company’s December 2007 IPO. The plaintiffs claimed to represent those  persons who purchased 
shares of the Company’s common stock from December 18, 2007 through February 6, 2008. The plaintiffs alleged, among other 
things,  that  the  defendants  made  misstatements  and  failed  to  disclose  material  information  in  the  Company’s  IPO  registration 
statement and prospectus. The complaints alleged various claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The complaints 
sought, among other relief, class certification, unspecified damages, fees, and such other relief as the court may deem just and 
proper.  

On August 1, 2008, the court-appointed lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint in the United States District 
Court for the Southern District of New York. On September 15, 2008, the Company and the other director and officer defendants 
filed a  motion  to dismiss  the  consolidated  complaint, and  the underwriters  filed a  separate motion to  dismiss the consolidated 
complaint on January 16, 2009. After oral argument on August 19, 2009, the court granted in part and denied in part the motions 
to  dismiss.  The  plaintiff  filed  a  second  consolidated  amended  complaint  on  September 4,  2009,  and  the  defendants  filed  an 
answer to the complaint on October 9, 2009.  

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2010,  the  Company  reached  a  preliminary  agreement  to  settle  the  class  action  lawsuits. 
Although the preliminary settlement is subject to approval by the court, as well as other conditions, it is expected to provide for 
the dismissal of the consolidated action against all defendants. Substantially all of the proposed preliminary settlement amount 
will  be  covered  by  the  Company’s  insurance.  However,  for  the  Company’s  share  of  the  proposed  preliminary  settlement  not 
covered by insurance, the Company recorded an after-tax charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 of approximately $0.02 per 
share.  

68 

   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

If  the  preliminary  settlement  is  not  approved  or  the  other  conditions  are  not  met,  the  Company  will  continue  to  defend 
against the lawsuits  and believes that it and  the other defendants  have substantial  legal  and factual defenses  to the claims  and 
allegations  contained  in  the  consolidated  complaint.  In  such  a  case,  the  Company  would  intend  to  pursue  these  defenses 
vigorously.  There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that  the  Company  would  be  successful,  and  an  adverse  resolution  of  the 
lawsuits  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flow.  In 
addition, although the Company carries insurance for these types of claims, a judgment significantly in excess of the Company’s 
insurance  coverage  or  any  costs,  claims  or  judgment  which  are  disputed  or  not  covered  by  insurance  could  materially  and 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flow.  If  the  preliminary  settlement  is  not 
approved  or  the  other conditions  are  not  met, the  Company  is  not  presently able  to reasonably estimate  potential  costs  and/or 
losses, if any, related to the lawsuit.  

NOTE H —SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Conversion of Preferred Stock Upon Completion of Initial Public Offering 

Upon  completion  of  the  Company’s  IPO,  all  preferred  shares  were  converted  into  common  stock.  Prior  to  the  IPO,  the 
Company  had  issued  various  classes  of  preferred  stock.  Series B  and  Series C  preferred  stock  carried  terms  allowing  for 
liquidation preference, voting rights, and conversion into common stock at a one-to-one ratio upon certain qualifying exit events. 
Series C preferred shares carried a redemption provision and a dividend preference at a non-compounded rate of 6% resulting in 
the carrying value of the preferred Series C stock being increased by an accretion each period.  

Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock 

In August and September 2006, the Company sold an aggregate 1,818,182 shares of Series C redeemable preferred stock to 
institutional investors for total proceeds of approximately $4.8 million, net of offering costs of $245,000. As of March 31, 2007, 
2,000,000  shares  of  authorized  preferred  stock  had  been  reserved  for  Series C.  The  terms  of  the  Series C  preferred  stock 
provided for:  

• 

  senior  rank  to  other  classes  and  series  of  stock  with  respect  to  the  payment  of  dividends  and  proceeds  upon 

liquidation 

• 

  entitlement  to  receive  cumulative  dividends  accruing  at  a  non-compounded  annual  rate  of  6%  upon  the 

occurrence of certain events (accumulated dividends through the IPO were $423,000) 

• 

• 

  liquidation preference equal to the purchase price plus any accumulated dividends 

  conversion into common stock at a one-to-one ratio upon certain qualifying exit events resulting in net proceeds 
to the Company of at least $30 million (upon conversion in a qualifying event, all rights related to accrued and 
unpaid dividends would be extinguished) 

• 

  weighted average dilution protection for any issuance of stock or other equity instruments (other than for stock 

options granted under existing stock plans) at a price per share less than the Series C purchase price of $2.75 

• 

  proportional  adjustment  of  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  into  which  one  share  of  Series C  preferred 

stock may be converted in the event of stock splits, stock dividends reclassifications and similar events 

• 

  a redemption feature at the option of the holder, including accumulated dividends, if certain liquidity events are 

not achieved within five years from issuance 

• 

  right to vote with common stock on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders 

Due to the nature of the redemption feature and other provisions, the Company classified the Series C redeemable preferred 
stock as temporary equity. The carrying value was being accreted to its redemption value over a period of five years at a non-
compounded rate of 6%.  

Series B Preferred Stock 

From October 2004 through June 2006, the Company completed various private placements of Series B preferred stock for 
net proceeds in fiscal 2006 and 2007 of $1.4 million and $400,000. Proceeds  were  net of  direct offering costs of $81,000  and 
zero  in  fiscal  2006  and  2007.  The  Series  B  placements  consisted  of  one  share  of  Series B  preferred  stock  and,  in  certain 
placements,  a  warrant  to  purchase  one-third  share  of  common  stock  for  $2.30  per  share  expiring  at  various  dates  through 
January 2010. The terms of the Series B preferred stock provided for:  

• 

• 

  a liquidation preference equal to the purchase price of the Series B shares 

  automatic conversion to common stock at a one-to-one ratio upon registration of the common stock under a 1933 

Act registration 

69 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

• 

• 

  no dividend preference 

  right to vote with common stock on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders 

For the Series B transactions where common stock warrants were issued, the value of the warrants issued to the placement 

agent was recorded as additional paid-in capital.  

Series A Preferred Stock 

In December 2004, the Company offered its Series A 12% preferred shareholders the opportunity to exchange each share of 
their  Series A  preferred  stock  for  three  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  Series A  preferred  stock  carried  a 
liquidation preference  over  the common stock and a cumulative 12%  dividend and,  prior to the December  conversion  offer, a 
conversion  entitling  each  share  of  the  Series A  preferred  stock  the  right  to  convert  into  two  shares  of  common  stock  feature. 
Under the guidance provided in ASC 470, Debt , the Company determined that the increase in conversion ratio from 2 to 3 was 
an  inducement  offer  and  accounted  for  the  change  in  conversion  ratio  as  an  increase  to  paid-in  capital  and  a  charge  to 
accumulated deficit. Furthermore, the historical carrying value of the Series A preferred was reclassified to paid-in capital at the 
time of conversion.  

As of March 31, 2005, all but 20,000 shares of Series A preferred stock had been converted. The remaining 20,000 shares 
were  converted  in  March 2007.  The  amount  assigned  to  the  inducement,  calculated  using  the  number  of  additional  common 
shares offered multiplied by the estimated fair market value of common stock at the time of conversion, was $83,000 for fiscal 
2007.  

Share Repurchase Program and Treasury Stock 

In  July 2008,  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  approved  a  share  repurchase  program  authorizing  the  Company  to 
repurchase in the aggregate up to a maximum of $20 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In December 2008, 
the Company’s board of directors supplemented the share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase up to an 
additional  $10 million  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock.  As  of  March 31,  2010,  the  Company  had  repurchased 
7,092,817 shares of common stock at a cost of $29.8 million under the program, which is now effectively terminated.  

In  fiscal  2008,  certain  shareholder  receivables  were  settled  with  shares  of  common  stock.  The  shares  tendered  totaled 

306,932 and are held as treasury stock by the Company.  

In  fiscal  2009,  the  Company  affected  a  net  stock  option  exercise  with  an  executive  vice  president.  The  executive 
surrendered 317,629 shares in lieu of a cash payment to cover the exercise price and taxes related to the stock option exercise. 
The shares surrendered were valued at $4.25, the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the date of exercise.  

Shareholder Rights Plan 

On  January 7,  2009,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  shareholder  rights  plan  and  declared  a  dividend 
distribution of one common share purchase right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock. The 
issuance date for the distribution of the Rights was February 15, 2009 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2009. Each Right 
entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $30.00 per 
share, subject to adjustment (the “Purchase Price”).  

The Rights will not be exercisable (and will be transferable only with the Company’s common stock) until a “Distribution 
Date” occurs (or the Rights are earlier redeemed or expire). A Distribution Date generally will occur on the earlier of a public 
announcement  that  a  person  or  group  of  affiliated  or  associated  persons  (an  “Acquiring  Person”)  has  acquired  beneficial 
ownership of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock (a “Shares Acquisition Date”) or 10 business days after 
the commencement of, or the announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in any 
such person or group of persons acquiring such beneficial ownership.  

70 

   
  
  
Table of Contents 

If a person becomes an Acquiring Person, holders of Rights (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) 
will  have  the right to receive  that  number of shares  of the Company’s common stock  having  a  market value of  two  times the 
then-current  Purchase  Price,  and  all  Rights  beneficially  owned  by  an  Acquiring  Person,  or  by  certain  related  parties  or 
transferees,  will  be  null  and  void.  If,  after  a  Shares  Acquisition  Date,  the  Company  is  acquired  in  a  merger  or  other  business 
combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold, proper provision will be made so 
that each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will thereafter have the right to receive 
that number of shares of the acquiring company’s common stock which at the time of such transaction will have a market value 
of two times the then-current Purchase Price.  

Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a shareholder of the Company. At any time 
prior to a person becoming an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but 
not in part, at a price of $0.001 per Right. Unless they are extended or earlier redeemed or exchanged, the Rights will expire on 
January 7, 2019.  

Shareholder receivables 

In fiscal 2006, the Company issued  to a director a  note receivable with recourse,  totaling $375,000, to  purchase 400,000 
shares of common stock by exercise of fully vested non-qualified stock options. The note matured in November 2012 or earlier 
upon notice from the Company and bore interest at 4.23% payable annually in cash or stock.  

The  interest rate was deemed to  be a below market rate on issuance and  the Company recorded additional compensation 
expense of $525,000 in fiscal 2006. This amount represented the appreciation of the fair value of the Company’s stock from the 
time of the option grant through the issuance of the recourse note.  

In  fiscal  2007,  the  Company  issued  $1,753,000  of  notes  receivable  to  officers  to  purchase  2,150,000  shares  of  common 
stock by exercise of fully vested non-qualified stock options. The notes matured in March 2012 or earlier upon notice from the 
Company and bore interest at 7.65% payable annually in cash or stock. As the notes were repaid, and interest collected, interest 
received  would  be  credited  to  compensation  expense.  For  accounting  purposes,  the  notes  are  considered  non-recourse  and 
therefore, the options are not deemed exercised until the note is paid. Accordingly, the common stock was not considered issued 
for accounting purposes until the Company received payment of the notes.  

In fiscal 2008, all director and shareholder notes and advances, along with accrued interest, were settled, either in cash or 
with  shares.  Total  principal  payments  were  $985,800  and  shares  tendered  totaled  306,932.  Concurrent  with  the  above 
transaction, the Company issued 306,932 non-qualifying stock options with a fair value exercise price of $4.49 and recognized 
stock-based compensation expense with respect to such grants of $224,000, $127,000 and $0 in fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010.  

NOTE I — STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS 

The Company grants stock options and stock awards under its 2003 Stock Option and 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards 
Plans  (the  Plans).  Under  the  terms  of  the  Plans,  the  Company  has  reserved  9,000,000  shares  for  issuance  to  key  employees, 
consultants and directors. The options generally vest and become exercisable ratably between one month and five years although 
longer vesting periods have been used in certain circumstances. Exercisability of the options granted to employees are contingent 
on  the  employees’  continued  employment  and  non-vested  options  are  subject  to  forfeiture  if  employment  terminates  for  any 
reason. Options under the Plans have a maximum life of ten years. In the past, the Company has granted both incentive stock 
options  and  non-qualified  stock  options,  although  in  July 2008,  the  Company  adopted  a  policy  of  only  granting  non-qualified 
stock options. Stock awards have no vesting period and have been issued to certain non-employee directors pursuant to elections 
made under the non-employee director compensation plan, which became effective upon the closing of the Company’s IPO. The 
Plans  also  provide  to  certain  employees  accelerated  vesting  in  the  event  of  certain  changes  of  control  of  the  Company.  In 
December 2007, upon the closing of the Company’s IPO, an additional 1,500,000 shares were made available for grant under our 
2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan.  

Prior to the Company’s IPO, certain non-employee directors elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation 
under  the  non-employee  director  compensation  plan  which  became  effective  upon  the  closing  of  the  Company’s  IPO.  The 
Company granted 2,210 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan as pro-rata compensation for fiscal 2008. The 
shares were issued in January 2008 and valued at the Company’s IPO price. In fiscal 2009, the Company granted 16,627 shares 
from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of 
cash compensation. The shares were valued at the market price as of the grant date, ranging from $3.00 to $11.61 per share. In 
fiscal  2010,  the  Company  granted  11,211  shares  from  the  2004  Stock  and  Incentive  Awards  Plan  to  certain  non-employee 
directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued at the market price as of the 
grant date, ranging from $3.29 to $5.44 per share. 

71 

   
Table of Contents 

The following amounts of stock-based compensation were recorded (in thousands):  

Cost of product revenue 
General and administrative 
Sales and marketing 
Research and development 

2008 

Fiscal Year Ended 
2009 

2010 

$ 

$ 

122     
852     
375     
42     
1,391     

$ 

$ 

269     
676     
587     
45     
1,577     

$ 

$ 

222   
539   
691   
39   
1,491   

The number of shares available for grant under the plans were as follows:  

Available at March 31, 2007 

Amendment to Plan; concurrent with IPO 
Granted stock options 
Granted shares 
Forfeited 

Available at March 31, 2008 
Granted stock options 
Granted shares 
Forfeited 

Available at March 31, 2009 
Granted stock options 
Granted shares 
Forfeited 

Available at March 31, 2010 

The following table summarizes information with respect to outstanding stock options:  

670,700   
   1,500,000   
(737,432 ) 
(2,210 ) 
51,000   
   1,482,058   
(731,879 ) 
(16,627 ) 
337,402   
   1,070,954   
(888,018 ) 
(11,211 ) 
397,965   

569,690   

Outstanding at March 31, 2007 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 

Outstanding at March 31, 2008 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 

Outstanding at March 31, 2009 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 

Outstanding at March 31, 2010 

Exercisable at March 31, 2010 

     Weighted     
     Weighted     
Average      
     Average       Fair Value     

   Number of     
Shares 

Exercise      

of Options      Aggregate Intrinsic   

Price 

     Granted      

Value 

1.56      $ 
6.09     
1.27     
2.05     
2.30      $ 
7.58     
1.24     
6.26     
3.40      $ 
3.92     
1.71     
4.89     
3.66      $ 

   4,714,547     
737,432     
(684,957 )   
(51,000 )   
   4,716,022     
731,879     
  (1,429,554 )   
(337,402 )   
   3,680,945     
888,018     
(624,749 )   
(397,965 )   
   3,546,249     

   1,757,130     

72 

1.35     

3.03     

4.25     

2.23      $ 

6,399,684   

     $ 

4,139,343   

   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
   
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
   
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
    
   
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
Table of Contents 

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices on outstanding stock options at March 31, 2010:  

March 31, 2010 

     Weighted      

Average 

Price 
$0.69 
0.75 – 0.94 
1.50 
2.20 – 2.25 
2.50 – 2.75 
3.00 – 4.32 
4.48 – 4.76 
5.23 – 6.05 
9.00 – 10.04 
10.14 – 11.61 

   Outstanding     
370,610     
112,420     
31,000     
   1,086,946     
118,167     
578,102     
475,932     
457,870     
122,500     
192,702     
   3,546,249     

     Remaining      Weighted      
     Contractual     

Life 
(Years) 

Average 
Exercise 
Price 

     Weighted    

Vested 

370,610     
112,420     
31,000     
554,646     
80,167     
107,776     
346,632     
53,477     
43,900     
56,502     
   1,757,130     

$ 

$ 

Average 
Exercise 
Price 

0.69   
0.89   
1.50   
2.21   
2.51   
3.06   
4.50   
5.46   
9.24   
10.87   
2.86   

1.14     
1.66     
3.52     
6.54     
6.20     
9.31     
7.88     
9.01     
8.03     
8.06     
6.87     

$ 

$ 

0.69     
0.89     
1.50     
2.21     
2.51     
3.36     
4.53     
5.45     
9.42     
11.07     
3.66     

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, which is calculated as the difference between the 
exercise price of the underlying stock options and the fair value of the Company’s closing common stock price of $4.90 as of 
March 31, 2010.  

Unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  common  stock-based  compensation  as  of  March 31,  2010  is  as 

follows (in thousands):  

Fiscal 2011 
Fiscal 2012 
Fiscal 2013 
Fiscal 2014 
Fiscal 2015 
Thereafter 

Remaining weighted average expected term 

$ 

$ 

1,352   
1,184   
854   
526   
290   
259   
4,465   
6.9 years   

The  Company has  issued  warrants to  placement  agents  in connection with various stock  offerings and services  rendered. 
The warrants grant the holder the option to purchase common stock at specified prices for a specified period of time. Warrants 
issued in fiscal 2007 were treated as offering costs and valued at $18,000. There were no warrants issued in fiscal 2008, 2009 or 
2010.  

Outstanding warrants are comprised of the following:  

Outstanding at March 31, 2007 

Issued 
Exercised 
Cancelled 

Outstanding at March 31, 2008 

Issued 
Exercised 
Cancelled 

Outstanding at March 31, 2009 

Issued 
Exercised 
Cancelled 

Outstanding at March 31, 2010 

73 

     Weighted    

   Number of     
Shares 

Average 
Exercise 
Price 

   1,109,390     
—    
(526,766 )   
(3,836 )   
578,788     
—    
(90,284 )   
—    
488,504     
—    
(399,364 )   
(12,900 )   
76,240     

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.24   
—  
2.17   
1.50   
2.31   
—  
2.32   
—  
2.31   
—  
2.30   
—  
2.37   

   
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

A summary of outstanding warrants as of March 31, 2010 follows:  

Exercise Price 
$2.25 
$2.50 
Total 

   Number of     
   Warrants      
38,980     
37,260     
76,240     

Expiration   
Fiscal 2015   
Fiscal 2011   

NOTE J — QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 

Summary quarterly results for the years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 are as follows  

Total revenue 
Gross profit 
Net income (loss) 
Basic net income per share 
Shares used in basic per share calculation 
Diluted net income per share 
Shares used in diluted per share calculation 

Total revenue 
Gross profit 
Net income 
Basic net income per share 
Shares used in basic per share calculation 
Diluted net income per share 
Shares used in diluted per share calculation 

June 30,     

2009 

$  12,628     
3,501     
(2,773 )   
$ 
$ 
(0.13 )   
   21,588     
$ 
(0.13 )   
   21,588     

June 30,     

2008 

$  16,106     
5,197     
34     
$ 
$ 
0.00     
   27,038     
$ 
0.00     
   30,015     

Three Months Ended 
Sept. 30,     

Dec. 31,       Mar. 31,     

2009 

2010 

2009 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 
$  18,876     
$  19,295     
$  14,619     
6,164     
7,094     
4,765     
807     
(1,399 )   
(825 )   
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
(0.04 )   
0.04     
(0.06 )   
   22,255     
   21,792     
   21,707     
$ 
$ 
$ 
(0.04 )   
0.04     
(0.06 )   
   22,255     
   22,568     
   21,707     

Three Months Ended 
Sept. 30,     

Dec. 31,       Mar. 31,     

2008 

2009 

2008 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 
$  15,393     
$  22,375     
$  18,760     
4,646     
7,420     
6,335     
(1,130 )   
1,154     
453     
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
(0.05 )   
0.05     
0.02     
   22,154     
   25,204     
   26,960     
$ 
$ 
$ 
(0.05 )   
0.04     
0.02     
   22,154     
   26,415     
   29,019     

Total 

$  65,418   
   21,524   
(4,190 ) 
$ 
$ 
(0.19 ) 
   21,844   
$ 
(0.19 ) 
   21,844   

Total 

$  72,634   
   23,598   
511   
$ 
$ 
0.02   
   25,352   
$ 
0.02   
   27,445   

The four quarters for net earnings per share may not add to the total year because of differences in the weighted average 

number of shares outstanding during the quarters and the year.  

ITEM 9.   CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

None.  

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Management’s Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the 
reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within 
the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our 
management,  including  our  principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding required disclosure.  

Our  management  evaluated,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010, 
pursuant  to  Exchange  Act  Rule 13a-15  and  15d-15.  Based  upon  such  evaluation,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  along  with  our 
Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2010.  

74 

   
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal 
control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or 
under  the  supervision  of,  our  principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers  and  effected  by  our  board  of  directors, 
management  and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and 
includes those policies and procedures that:  

• 

  pertain to the maintenance  of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect  the transactions and 

dispositions of our assets; 

• 

  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles, and that  our  receipts  and  expenditures 
are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors: and 

• 

  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or 

disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.  

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010. In making 
this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria).  

Based  on  this assessment  using  the  COSO criteria,  management believes  that, as of  March 31,  2010,  our internal control 

over financial reporting was effective.  

Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm has audited our consolidated financial statements for 
the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 and our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010. 
Their reports appear in Item 8 under the heading “Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.  

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under 
the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2010, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely 
to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION 

None.  

PART III 

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of 

Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.  

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of 

Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.  

75 

   
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of 

Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.  

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of 

Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.  

ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of 

Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.  

PART IV 

ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) Financial Statements 

Our financial statements are set forth in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  

(b) Financial Statement Schedule 

SCHEDULE II 
VALUATION and QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 

Balance at      
beginning      
of period      

Provisions      
charged to      Write offs      
and other      

expense 

Balance at    
end of 
period 

(in thousands) 

March 31, 
2008 
2009 
2010 

2008 
2009 
2010 

   Allowance for Doubtful Accounts   
   Allowance for Doubtful Accounts   
   Allowance for Doubtful Accounts   

Inventory Obsolescence Reserve    
Inventory Obsolescence Reserve    
Inventory Obsolescence Reserve    

89     
79     
222     

448     
530     
668     

$ 

$ 

76 

66     
178     
388     

376     
149     
105     

$ 

$ 

76     
35     
228     

294     
11     
17     

79   
222   
382   

530   
668   
756   

   
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Number 

   Exhibit Title 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

   3.1   

   3.2   

   4.1   

   4.2   

   4.3   

   10.1   

   10.2   

   10.3   

   10.4   

   10.5   

   10.6   

   10.7   

   10.8   

   10.9   

  10.10   

  10.11   

  10.12   

  10.13   

  10.14   

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the 
Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 3.1. 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Registrant’s 
Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.2. 

Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the 
Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 4.1. 

Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the 
Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 4.2. 

Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2009, between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, 
N.A., which includes as Exhibit A thereto the Form of Right Certificate and as Exhibit B thereto the 
Summary of Common Share Purchase Rights, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-A filed 
January 8, 2009 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.3. 

Credit Agreement, dated March 18, 2008, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Great Lakes Energy 
Technologies, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s 
Form 8-K filed March 21, 2008 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1. 

First Amendment, dated May 15, 2009, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2008, among the 
Company, Great Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed May 20, 2009 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by 
reference as Exhibit 10.2.* 

Second Amendment, dated December 18, 2009, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2008, among 
the Company, Great Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2009 (File No. 001-33887), 
is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3. 

Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated March 18, 2008, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Great 
Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 21, 2008 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 10.4. 

Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s 
Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.* 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, filed as 
Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby 
incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.6.* 

Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s 
Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7.* 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, filed as 
Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby 
incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8.* 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards 
Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is 
hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.9.* 

Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation, filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed 
November 16, 2007 (File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.10.* 

Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated August 12, 2008, by and between Orion Energy 
Systems, Inc. and Daniel J. Waibel, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 10.11.* 

Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated February 21, 2008, by and between Orion Energy 
Systems, Inc. and Michael J. Potts, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 22, 2008 
(File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12.* 

Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated February 20, 2008, by and between Orion Energy 
Systems, Inc. and Eric von Estorff, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 22, 2008 
(File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13.* 

Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated March 18, 2008, by and between Orion Energy 
Systems, Inc. and John H. Scribante, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 21, 2008 
(File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.14.* 

77 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Number 

   Exhibit Title 

  10.15   

  10.16   

  10.17   

  10.18   

  10.19   

  10.20   

Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated April 14, 2008, by and between Orion Energy 
Systems, Inc. and Neal R. Verfuerth, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed April 18, 2008 
(File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.15.* 

Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated August 12, 2008, by and between Orion Energy 
Systems, Inc. and Scott R. Jensen, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008 (File No. 001-33887), is hereby incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 10.16.* 

Patent and Trademark Security Agreement by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association, Acting Through its Wells Fargo Business Credit Operating Division, dated 
December 22, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 (File No. 333-
145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.17. 

Patent and Trademark Security Agreement by and between Great Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC and 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Acting Through its Wells Fargo Business Credit Operating 
Division, dated December 22, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007 
(File No. 333-145569), is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.18. 

Letter Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2009, between the Company and John H. Scribante, filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 2, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 10.19.* 

Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated September 8, 2009, by and between Stuart L. 
Ralsky and the Company, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended September 30, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.20.* 

   21.1   

   Subsidiaries of Orion Energy Systems, Inc.** 

   23.1   

   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.** 

   31.1   

   31.2   

   32.1   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 
Rule 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.** 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 
Rule 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.** 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant 
to Rule 13a-14(b) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 

* 

  Management  contract  or  compensatory  plan  or  arrangement  required  to  be  filed  (and/or  incorporated  by  reference)  as  an 

exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K. 

**    Filed herewith 

78 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
Table of Contents 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on June 14, 2010.  

SIGNATURES 

ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC.  

By:   /s/ NEAL R. VERFUERTH   
Neal R. Verfuerth  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by 

the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated and on the date indicated.  

Signature 

/s/ NEAL R. VERFUERTH
Neal R. Verfuerth 

/s/ SCOTT R. JENSEN
Scott R. Jensen  

/s/ MICHAEL W. ALTSCHAEFL
Michael W. Altschaefl 

/s/ JAMES R. KACKLEY
James R. Kackley 

/s/ MICHAEL J. POTTS
Michael J. Potts 

/s/ THOMAS A. QUADRACCI
Thomas A. Quadracci 

/s/ THOMAS N. SCHUELLER
Thomas N. Schueller 

/s/ ROLAND G. STEPHENSON
Roland G. Stephenson 

/s/ MARK C. WILLIAMSON
Mark C. Williamson 

Title 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal 
Financial Officer and Principal 
Accounting Officer) 

79 

Date 

June 14, 2010 

June 14, 2010 

June 14, 2010 

June 14, 2010 

June 14, 2010 

June 14, 2010 

June 14, 2010 

June 14, 2010 

June 14, 2010 

   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
Subsidiaries 

Exhibit 21.1 

Entity 

Jurisdiction of Organization 

Great Lakes Energy Technologies, LLC 
Clean Energy Solutions, LLC 
Orion Asset Management, LLC 

   Wisconsin 
   Wisconsin 
   Wisconsin 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  have  issued  our  reports  dated  June 14,  2010,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  schedule  and  internal 
control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended 
March 31,  2010.  We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  of  said  reports  in  the  Registration  Statement  of  Orion 
Energy Systems, Inc. on Form S-8 (File No. 333-148401, effective December 28, 2007).  

Exhibit 23.1 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP  

Milwaukee, Wisconsin  
June 14, 2010  

   
  
Exhibit 31.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  
Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

I, Neal R. Verfuerth, certify that:  

1. 

  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Orion Energy Systems, Inc.; 

2. 

3. 

4. 

  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report; 

  The  registrant’s other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are responsible  for  establishing  and maintaining  disclosure  controls 
and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules 13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under  our supervision, to ensure  that material  information relating to  the registrant,  including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared; 

  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an 
annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a. 

  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

b. 

  Any fraud, whether  or not material, that involves  management or other employees who  have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: June 14, 2010  

/s/ Neal R. Verfuerth   
Neal R. Verfuerth  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 31.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  
Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

I, Scott R. Jensen, certify that:  

1. 

  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Orion Energy Systems, Inc.; 

2. 

3. 

4. 

  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report; 

  The  registrant’s other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are responsible  for  establishing  and maintaining  disclosure  controls 
and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules 13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under  our supervision, to ensure  that material  information relating to  the registrant,  including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared; 

  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an 
annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a. 

  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

b. 

  Any fraud, whether  or not material, that involves  management or other employees who  have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: June 14, 2010  

/s/ Scott R. Jensen   
Scott R. Jensen  
Chief Financial Officer  

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer  
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 

Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act  of  2002,  we,  the  undersigned  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Orion  Energy  Systems,  Inc.  (the 
“Company”),  hereby  certify,  based on  our  knowledge,  that  the  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  of  the  Company  for  the twelve-
month  period  ended  March 31,  2010,  (the  “Report”)  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  that  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company.  

Exhibit 32.1 

/s/ Neal R. Verfuerth   
Neal R. Verfuerth  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ Scott R. Jensen   
Scott R. Jensen  
Chief Financial Officer  

Date: June 14, 2010